Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,207 missions · 1,083 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1124Completed1083All2207
Linear OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretaries with Advice 5: With Binary-Classifier Advice of Recall p and Specificity p′, the Optimal Success Probability Tends to ((1−p′)/p)^((1−p′)/p′)·e^((p−1)/p′)Research Paper

Motivation

A secretary problem asks a decision maker to choose one candidate from a sequence, without being able to recall a rejected candidate. Each arrival reveals how the candidate compares with those seen earlier, but the decision maker does not know the candidate's final rank. A classifier can provide an additional Yes or No signal about whether the current candidate is the best overall. The natural performance question is how much this signal improves the chance of selecting the best candidate when the number of arrivals grows. Dütting, Lattanzi, Paes Leme and Vassilvitskii give an exact finite linear program for this setting and an explicit asymptotic value. This mission makes the limit and its finite prerequisites precise.

The classifier's quality has two parameters with different meanings. Recall ppp is the probability of a Yes signal for the top candidate. Specificity p′p'p′ is the probability of a No signal for any other candidate. Both lie in [1/2,1][1/2,1][1/2,1], as in Example 5 of the paper. At p=p′=1/2p=p'=1/2p=p′=1/2 the signal conveys no information, while p=p′=1p=p'=1p=p′=1 is perfect advice. These endpoints matter to the statement rather than being omitted as special cases. Example 5, pp. 7–8.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 arrivals, indexed by i=1,…,ni=1,\ldots,ni=1,…,n. Their ranks form a uniformly random permutation; the maximum rank is the candidate to select. At each arrival, the observer sees the relative ranking of candidates already seen and a signal s∈{Y,N}s\in\{Y,N\}s∈{Y,N} from the classifier. An admissible decision can depend on this observed history and may use a stopping probability. It cannot inspect a candidate's hidden final rank. The paper shows that, for this signal model, the optimal stopping probability is characterized by a finite primal linear program. Sections 2 and 6.

For each round and signal, zis∈[0,1]z_i^s\in[0,1]zis​∈[0,1] is a primal variable. Put zˉj=(1−p′)zjY+p′zjN\bar z_j=(1-p')z_j^Y+p'z_j^Nzˉj​=(1−p′)zjY​+p′zjN​. The program has constraints zis≤1−∑j<izˉj/jz_i^s\le1-\sum_{j<i}\bar z_j/jzis​≤1−∑j<i​zˉj​/j, and its objective is ∑i=1n[pziY+(1−p)ziN]/n\sum_{i=1}^n[pz_i^Y+(1-p)z_i^N]/n∑i=1n​[pziY​+(1−p)ziN​]/n. Write Opt⁡(n,p,p′)\operatorname{Opt}(n,p,p')Opt(n,p,p′) for its optimal value. The constraints account for the chance that an earlier candidate has already been selected; the objective weights winning selections by the signal probabilities of the top candidate. This is the Opt⁡\operatorname{Opt}Opt of Section 6, rather than a value defined by an asymptotic formula. Section 6, p. 20.

The paper also considers a rescaled dual with variables wiY,wiNw_i^Y,w_i^NwiY​,wiN​ and an associated pair of thresholds tY,tNt_Y,t_NtY​,tN​. The thresholds are the first rounds at which the corresponding greedy dual coordinate is positive. In the finite formalization, n+1n+1n+1 records a signal whose coordinate is never positive. Proof of Theorem 20, p. 21.

Formalization targets

The main target is the limiting primal optimum for every p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1]:

lim⁡n→∞Opt⁡(n,p,p′)=(1−p′p)(1−p′)/p′exp⁡(p−1p′).\lim_{n\to\infty}\operatorname{Opt}(n,p,p') =\left(\frac{1-p'}p\right)^{(1-p')/p'} \exp\left(\frac{p-1}{p'}\right).n→∞lim​Opt(n,p,p′)=(p1−p′​)(1−p′)/p′exp(p′p−1​).

The finite milestones identify the primal optimum with the greedy dual objective, give the exact late dual coordinates and the exact range of the early YYY recursion, and establish tY≤tNt_Y\le t_NtY​≤tN​. The asymptotic milestones state

tNn⟶exp⁡(p−1p′),tYn⟶(1−p′p)1/p′exp⁡(p−1p′).\frac{t_N}{n}\longrightarrow \exp\left(\frac{p-1}{p'}\right),\qquad \frac{t_Y}{n}\longrightarrow \left(\frac{1-p'}p\right)^{1/p'}\exp\left(\frac{p-1}{p'}\right).ntN​​⟶exp(p′p−1​),ntY​​⟶(p1−p′​)1/p′exp(p′p−1​).

A separate companion target gives the finite lower bound Opt⁡(n,p,p′)≥L(p,p′)\operatorname{Opt}(n,p,p')\ge L(p,p')Opt(n,p,p′)≥L(p,p′), where LLL denotes the displayed limit. Theorem 20 states the corresponding infimum inequality but does not separately prove it. Theorem 20 and its proof, pp. 20–22.

Significance

The limit quantifies the benefit of advice across the whole parameter square, including asymmetric classifiers. It recovers the classical value e−1e^{-1}e−1 when p=p′=1/2p=p'=1/2p=p′=1/2, and gives value 111 for perfect advice. The two threshold limits say when each signal begins to justify stopping as the horizon grows. Thus the result specifies both the achievable success probability and the scale of the optimal decisions. Theorem 20, p. 20.

The paper already proves threshold optimality through its linear program and presents the limit calculation. The formalization work here is to establish a full Lean limit theorem from an exact finite LP, including the two endpoint regimes and a finite dual characterization. The nearby classical secretary threshold limit on Prove2Me uses a different rank-based model; it does not state this classifier result. Definitions of the primal feasible set and the backward dual sequence can support later results about other advice distributions.

Difficulty

The source uses approximations throughout its asymptotic argument and explicitly omits terms that vanish as nnn grows. Those omissions cannot be carried into an exact finite statement: the YYY recursion, for example, fails at the round immediately before the NNN threshold because the next NNN dual coordinate is then present. A complete argument has to keep the discrete threshold boundaries and the harmonic sums under control while passing to a limit. The source's displayed theorem also contains an exponent inconsistent with the last equation of its proof; the corrected expression must be checked uniformly, including zero base at p′=1p'=1p′=1. Proof of Theorem 20, pp. 21–22.

Formalization scope

Lean represents time by natural numbers 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n, matching the paper's displayed LP, and signals by Bool, with true meaning YYY. The primal optimum is the real supremum of objective values over exactly the feasible LP variables. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1], the zero assignment is feasible and the objective is bounded, so this supremum has its ordinary optimization meaning. Values of a variable array outside 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n are ignored. The greedy dual is a backward finite recursion, not the definition of Opt⁡\operatorname{Opt}Opt; otherwise the central LP-to-dual milestone would disappear.

The formal thresholds are first positive greedy dual coordinates. If there is no positive NNN coordinate, tN=n+1t_N=n+1tN​=n+1; this occurs when p=1p=1p=1 and has the same normalized limit as the paper's informal tN=nt_N=ntN​=n convention at perfect advice. Real powers use Lean's 00=10^0=100=1, yielding the correct p′=1p'=1p′=1 endpoint. All theorems quantify explicitly over n≥1n\ge1n≥1 where finite rounds are used, and over p,p′∈[1/2,1]p,p'\in[1/2,1]p,p′∈[1/2,1]. The limit uses Filter.Tendsto at infinity. The chapter does not formalize the algorithmic running time, Figures 3 and 7, or the policy-level threshold optimality addressed by the series' preceding mission. Contributions to finite LP duality, harmonic asymptotics, and endpoint analysis are within scope. Sections 6 and Appendix C.

Selected references

  • Paul Dütting, Silvio Lattanzi, Renato Paes Leme and Sergei Vassilvitskii, Secretaries with Advice, arXiv:2011.06726v1, 2020; published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. Preprint.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimistic Posterior Sampling for Reinforcement Learning: Worst-Case Regret Bounds I: An Extended MDP with δ-Optimistic Samples for Hitting Times Has Diameter at Most D/(1−δ)Research Paper

Motivation

Regret bounds for reinforcement learning in a single, non-episodic Markov decision process (MDP) are stated in terms of the diameter DDD of the MDP: the worst expected time needed to travel between two states when the travel policy is chosen well. UCRL2 (Jaksch, Ortner and Auer, 2010) achieves regret O~(DSAT)\tilde O(DS\sqrt{AT})O~(DSAT​), against a lower bound of Ω(DSAT)\Omega(\sqrt{DSAT})Ω(DSAT​), by planning in an extended MDP, whose action set lets the planner also pick a transition law from a confidence set. Posterior-sampling methods replace the confidence set with random samples from a posterior. Agrawal and Jia (arXiv:1705.07041v3, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023) show that such a method attains a high-probability worst-case regret bound of O~(DSAT)\tilde O(DS\sqrt{AT})O~(DSAT​) for every communicating MDP (their Theorem 1).

Their analysis plans in an extended MDP built from finitely many sampled transition vectors. Optimal-gain policies of that MDP are only useful if it is itself communicating with a diameter comparable to DDD, so the paper needs a deterministic statement: if every state-action pair has a sample that is optimistic about travel times, the diameter of the extended MDP is at most D/(1−δ)D/(1-\delta)D/(1−δ). This mission formalizes that statement, Lemma 5.6 of the paper (p. 12), together with three claims from its proof.

Setting

A finite MDP M\mathcal MM has a finite state set S\mathcal SS of size SSS, a finite action set A\mathcal AA of size AAA, a probability vector Ps,a∈ΔSP_{s,a}\in\Delta^{S}Ps,a​∈ΔS for each state sss and action aaa, and rewards rs,a∈[0,1]r_{s,a}\in[0,1]rs,a​∈[0,1]. A deterministic policy is a map π:S→A\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal Aπ:S→A; under π\piπ the state process is the Markov chain with transition rows Ps,π(s)P_{s,\pi(s)}Ps,π(s)​.

For states s′s's′ and sss, Ts′→sπ∈[0,∞]T^{\pi}_{s'\to s}\in[0,\infty]Ts′→sπ​∈[0,∞] is the expected number of steps to reach sss when starting at s′s's′ and following π\piπ. It is 000 when s′=ss'=ss′=s. The diameter is

D(M)=max⁡s≠s′ min⁡π:S→ATs→s′π,D(\mathcal M)=\max_{s\neq s'}\ \min_{\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal A} T^{\pi}_{s\to s'},D(M)=s=s′max​ π:S→Amin​Ts→s′π​,

and M\mathcal MM is communicating when D(M)<∞D(\mathcal M)<\inftyD(M)<∞ (Definitions 1–3, p. 3). For a target sss, the vector EsE^{s}Es collects the minimum expected times, Es′s=min⁡πTs′→sπE^{s}_{s'}=\min_{\pi}T^{\pi}_{s'\to s}Es′s​=minπ​Ts′→sπ​, so Ess=0E^{s}_{s}=0Ess​=0.

The extended MDP (§3, p. 5) starts from ψ\psiψ probability vectors Qs,a1,…,Qs,aψQ^{1}_{s,a},\dots,Q^{\psi}_{s,a}Qs,a1​,…,Qs,aψ​ for every pair (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). In the algorithm these are posterior samples, but here they are arbitrary. The extended MDP M~\tilde{\mathcal M}M~ has the same states and, for every action aaa, the actions a1,…,aψa^{1},\dots,a^{\psi}a1,…,aψ. Taking aja^{j}aj in sss gives reward rs,ar_{s,a}rs,a​, and the next state is drawn from Qs,ajQ^{j}_{s,a}Qs,aj​. Its diameter D(M~)D(\tilde{\mathcal M})D(M~) is defined as above, minimizing over policies π~:S→{aj}\tilde\pi:\mathcal S\to\{a^{j}\}π~:S→{aj}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 5.6

Let δ∈[0,1)\delta\in[0,1)δ∈[0,1). Suppose that for every target state sss, every state s′s's′ and every action aaa there is a sample index jjj with

Qs′,aj⋅Es ≤ Ps′,a⋅Es+δ.(16)Q^{j}_{s',a}\cdot E^{s}\ \le\ P_{s',a}\cdot E^{s}+\delta. \tag{16}Qs′,aj​⋅Es ≤ Ps′,a​⋅Es+δ.(16)

Then

D(M~) ≤ D(M)1−δ.D(\tilde{\mathcal M})\ \le\ \frac{D(\mathcal M)}{1-\delta}.D(M~) ≤ 1−δD(M)​.

Milestones (claims of the proof, p. 13)

  1. In a communicating MDP with at least one action, for every target s2s_2s2​ there is one deterministic policy π\piπ with Ts′→s2π=Es′s2T^{\pi}_{s'\to s_2}=E^{s_2}_{s'}Ts′→s2​π​=Es′s2​​ for every s′s's′.
  2. First-step analysis: for every policy π\piπ and s≠s2s\neq s_2s=s2​,
Ts→s2π=1+∑s′≠s2Ps,π(s)(s′) Ts′→s2π.T^{\pi}_{s\to s_2}=1+\sum_{s'\neq s_2}P_{s,\pi(s)}(s')\,T^{\pi}_{s'\to s_2}.Ts→s2​π​=1+s′=s2​∑​Ps,π(s)​(s′)Ts′→s2​π​.
  1. Comparison (display (17)): if E∈[0,∞]SE\in[0,\infty]^{\mathcal S}E∈[0,∞]S satisfies 1+∑s′≠s2Qs,π~(s)(s′)Es′≤Es+δ1+\sum_{s'\neq s_2}Q_{s,\tilde\pi(s)}(s')E_{s'}\le E_s+\delta1+∑s′=s2​​Qs,π~(s)​(s′)Es′​≤Es​+δ for all s≠s2s\neq s_2s=s2​, then (1−δ) Ts→s2π~≤Es(1-\delta)\,T^{\tilde\pi}_{s\to s_2}\le E_s(1−δ)Ts→s2​π~​≤Es​ for all s≠s2s\neq s_2s=s2​.

Significance

The result. Lemma 5.6 turns a per-pair, one-sided condition on samples into a global bound on the diameter. Agrawal and Jia combine it with their Lemma 5.7, which shows that (16) holds with δ≤1/2\delta\le 1/2δ≤1/2 with high probability for their posterior samples. Together these give D(M~k)≤2DD(\tilde{\mathcal M}^{k})\le 2DD(M~k)≤2D in every epoch, which is what lets the bias span of the sampled MDP enter their regret analysis. The lemma is deterministic and makes no use of how the samples were drawn, so it applies to any optimistic-sampling or perturbation scheme that produces vectors satisfying (16).

Formalizing it. The lemma is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The paper's proof assumes that every sampled entry is strictly positive ("drawn from Dirichlet distribution") so that the absorbing chain and its fundamental matrix are well defined. That assumption fails for the simple optimistic samples of the same algorithm, which can have zero entries. The statements here drop it, so a formal proof also settles the general case. Milestones 1 and 2 are standard facts about minimum expected hitting times (stochastic shortest paths) that the platform's finite-MDP library does not yet contain. They are reusable for any diameter-based regret analysis.

The main regret bound (Theorem 1) is not posed. Its constants are hidden in O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅), and the algorithm's parameters are given only up to Θ(⋅)\Theta(\cdot)Θ(⋅).

Difficulty

The paper's argument inverts I−Qπ~†I-Q^{\dagger}_{\tilde\pi}I−Qπ~†​ and uses the nonnegativity of the fundamental matrix of an absorbing chain. Without positive entries the policy π~\tilde\piπ~ can have closed classes that avoid the target, so I−Qπ~†I-Q^{\dagger}_{\tilde\pi}I−Qπ~†​ can be singular and the matrix argument does not apply as written. The comparison has to be made with expected travel times that may be infinite.

A second obstacle is that (16) constrains only the minimizing vectors EsE^{s}Es of the true MDP. The bound therefore needs a policy of M\mathcal MM whose travel times equal Es2E^{s_2}Es2​ from every state at once, not merely from the starting state s1s_1s1​. The existence of such a uniformly optimal deterministic policy is not immediate from the definition of the diameter, which minimizes separately for each pair of states.

Finally, the platform's expected travel time is defined through finite-horizon trajectory laws, so first-step analysis is a Markov-property computation on those measures. It does not follow from the definition by unfolding alone.

Formalization scope

  • Library. The mission reuses the published definitions FiniteMDPLearning (namespace BanditAlgorithm): FiniteMDP S A, mdpTravelTime M f src tgt (the expected hitting time minus one, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], equal to Tsrc→tgtfT^{f}_{src\to tgt}Tsrc→tgtf​), and mdpDiameterENN M (Definition 2 verbatim, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]). The mission's own definitions file adds extendedMDP, extendedAction and minTravel (the vector EsE^{s}Es).
  • Indexing. States, actions and samples are 0-based (Fin S, Fin A, Fin ψ). The action aja^{j}aj of the extended MDP is finProdFinEquiv (a, j) : Fin (A * ψ). The epoch index kkk plays no role and is dropped.
  • Extended values. Travel times, diameters, the vectors EsE^{s}Es and the inner products Q⋅EsQ\cdot E^{s}Q⋅Es are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0. The bound D/(1−δ)D/(1-\delta)D/(1−δ) is division in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] by the positive real 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, with δ∈[0,1)\delta\in[0,1)δ∈[0,1) as δ : ℝ≥0, δ < 1.
  • Quantifiers of (16). The printed (16) uses the letter sss both for the target of EsE^{s}Es and for the state in Ps,aP_{s,a}Ps,a​. The proof applies it at the current state with a different target, so the goal quantifies the target separately: for every target, state and action there is a sample.
  • Pinned hypotheses. Milestone 1 assumes D(M)<∞D(\mathcal M)<\inftyD(M)<∞ (the paper's "M\mathcal MM has diameter DDD") and A≥1A\ge1A≥1. The goal assumes neither: if D(M)=∞D(\mathcal M)=\inftyD(M)=∞ its bound is trivially true, so it generalizes the paper's statement. No statement assumes positivity of the sampled entries or any distribution of the samples.
  • Ruled-out trivializations. An extended MDP whose transitions ignore jjj or QQQ, an EsE^{s}Es that is not the infimum over policies, a hypothesis comparing QQQ and PPP against different vectors, and a real-valued conclusion through a truncation with junk value 000 for non-communicating MDPs would each make the goal vacuous or different. None is used.
  • Useful existing result. The platform has the proved drift criterion BanditAlgorithm.mdp_travel_time_le_of_lyapunov_drift (a real-valued nonnegative VVV with ∑s′Ps,f(s)(s′)V(s′)+1≤V(s)\sum_{s'}P_{s,f(s)}(s')V(s')+1\le V(s)∑s′​Ps,f(s)​(s′)V(s′)+1≤V(s) off the target bounds the travel time by VVV), which covers the case δ=0\delta=0δ=0 of milestone 3 for finite EEE.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the three milestones and of the goal; a general first-step (Markov property) lemma for mdpMeasure; an existence theorem for uniformly optimal deterministic policies of minimum expected hitting time.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and R. Jia, Posterior sampling for reinforcement learning: worst-case regret bounds, arXiv:1705.07041v3, 2020; published as Optimistic posterior sampling for reinforcement learning: worst-case regret bounds, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1705.07041
  • T. Jaksch, R. Ortner and P. Auer, Near-optimal regret bounds for reinforcement learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v11/jaksch10a.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, An analysis of stochastic shortest path problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 16(3), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.16.3.580
  • C. M. Grinstead and J. L. Snell, Introduction to Probability, American Mathematical Society, 2nd revised edition, 1997 (Chapter 11, absorbing Markov chains). https://math.dartmouth.edu/~prob/prob/prob.pdf
  • T. Lattimore and C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020 (Chapter 38, MDPs and the diameter). https://tor-lattimore.com/downloads/book/book.pdf
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption I: Blockchain Adoption Raises Total Welfare for Large Horizontal Differentiation Yet Is Not an EquilibriumResearch Paper

Why blockchain adoption in supply chains is an economic question

A permissioned blockchain is a shared ledger that only invited parties may write to. In supply chains it is promoted as a way to make the provenance and quality of goods verifiable by the end consumer: a manufacturer who joins records how a good was produced, and consumers can read that record. Joining is costly, and the parties who pay the cost are not the parties who benefit most from the information. Whether such a technology is adopted at all is therefore a question about incentives, not engineering.

G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman and W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption (SSRN 3602376; Management Science, 2023, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2022.4532), build a stylised supply chain with vendors, price-competing manufacturers and consumers with an outside option, and show that welfare-improving adoption can fail to arise in equilibrium. This mission formalizes the first of the paper's two main results, Proposition 4.8, together with the welfare comparisons it rests on. A companion mission formalizes the second, the self-financing transfers of Proposition 4.9.

The supply chain

There are two vendors, of high and low quality h>l≥0h > l \ge 0h>l≥0, and a set MMM of 4m4m4m manufacturers, m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 of each type (qi,ξi)∈{A,B}×{h,l}(q_i,\xi_i) \in \{A,B\}\times\{h,l\}(qi​,ξi​)∈{A,B}×{h,l}. A consumer of horizontal type tkt_ktk​ obtains utility HHH from a good with qi=tkq_i = t_kqi​=tk​ and LLL otherwise, plus the vertical utility ξi\xi_iξi​; here 0≤L<H0 \le L < H0≤L<H, and Δ:=H−L>0\Delta := H - L > 0Δ:=H−L>0 measures horizontal differentiation. Consumers can always take an outside option φk\varphi_kφk​, drawn from a continuous distribution GGG supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The high type vendor produces at cost ch(x)=γxc_h(x) = \gamma xch​(x)=γx, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0; the low type vendor at a strictly increasing convex cost clc_lcl​ with cl(0)=0c_l(0)=0cl​(0)=0 and strictly increasing derivative cl′c_l'cl′​ (Assumption 1, items 1–2).

Manufacturer iii may join the blockchain at cost χi>0\chi_i > 0χi​>0 (ai=1a_i = 1ai​=1) or not (ai=0a_i = 0ai​=0). Three scenarios are compared: full adoption FFF (all adopt), partial adoption PPP (exactly the high type manufacturers adopt) and non-adoption NNN. The paper's Proposition A.1 gives each scenario's equilibrium in closed form: every consumer's best manufacturer offers utility

uF=uP=H+h−γ,uN=H+L+h+l2−γ,u^F = u^P = H + h - \gamma,\qquad u^N = \tfrac{H+L+h+l}{2} - \gamma,uF=uP=H+h−γ,uN=2H+L+h+l​−γ,

the low type vendor price is ΨlF=max⁡{γ−(h−l),0}\Psi^F_l = \max\{\gamma-(h-l),0\}ΨlF​=max{γ−(h−l),0}, ΨlP=max⁡{γ−(h−l)−H−L2,0}\Psi^P_l = \max\{\gamma-(h-l)-\frac{H-L}{2},0\}ΨlP​=max{γ−(h−l)−2H−L​,0}, ΨlN=γ\Psi^N_l = \gammaΨlN​=γ (the high type price is always γ\gammaγ), the low type market shares are slF=(cl′)−1(γ−(h−l))s^F_l = (c_l')^{-1}(\gamma-(h-l))slF​=(cl′​)−1(γ−(h−l)), slP=(cl′)−1(γ−(h−l)−H−L2)s^P_l = (c_l')^{-1}(\gamma-(h-l)-\frac{H-L}{2})slP​=(cl′​)−1(γ−(h−l)−2H−L​), slN=(cl′)−1(γ)s^N_l = (c_l')^{-1}(\gamma)slN​=(cl′​)−1(γ), and shX=G(uX)−slXs^X_h = G(u^X) - s^X_lshX​=G(uX)−slX​. Manufacturers earn zero gross profit Π\PiΠ in every scenario because of price competition.

Welfare in scenario XXX is the sum WX=WVX+WMX+WCXW^X = W^X_V + W^X_M + W^X_CWX=WVX​+WMX​+WCX​ of vendor welfare WVXW^X_VWVX​ (revenue minus production cost of both vendors, (10)), manufacturer welfare WMX=∑i(Π−χiaiX)W^X_M = \sum_{i}(\Pi - \chi_i a^X_i)WMX​=∑i​(Π−χi​aiX​) and consumer welfare WCX=E[max⁡{uX,φ}]W^X_C = \mathbb E[\max\{u^X,\varphi\}]WCX​=E[max{uX,φ}] ((12)). The adoption game (8) lets each manufacturer choose aia_iai​ to maximise Π(ai,a−i)−χiai\Pi(a_i,a_{-i}) - \chi_i a_iΠ(ai​,a−i​)−χi​ai​. An adoption failure is a situation in which full adoption raises total welfare, WF>WNW^F > W^NWF>WN, but is not an equilibrium of the adoption game.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.8 (p. 19)

With LLL fixed and H=L+ΔH = L + \DeltaH=L+Δ,

∃ Δ‾  ∀ Δ>Δ‾:WF(Δ)>WN(Δ)  and full adoption is not an equilibrium,\exists\,\underline\Delta\ \ \forall\,\Delta > \underline\Delta:\quad W^F(\Delta) > W^N(\Delta)\ \text{ and full adoption is not an equilibrium},∃Δ​  ∀Δ>Δ​:WF(Δ)>WN(Δ)  and full adoption is not an equilibrium,

at every such Δ\DeltaΔ at which Assumption 1 holds. The threshold Δ‾\underline\DeltaΔ​ is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Milestones

  • Proposition 4.1 (pp. 15–16): WCF≥WCP>WCNW^F_C \ge W^P_C > W^N_CWCF​≥WCP​>WCN​.
  • Proposition 4.3 (p. 17): WMF<WMP<WMNW^F_M < W^P_M < W^N_MWMF​<WMP​<WMN​.
  • Proposition 4.4 (p. 17): WVF, WVP<WVNW^F_V,\ W^P_V < W^N_VWVF​, WVP​<WVN​.
  • Proposition 4.6 (p. 18): WF,WP>WNW^F, W^P > W^NWF,WP>WN for all sufficiently large Δ\DeltaΔ; at fixed Δ\DeltaΔ, WF<WNW^F < W^NWF<WN once ∑i∈Mχi\sum_{i\in M}\chi_i∑i∈M​χi​ is large and WP<WNW^P < W^NWP<WN once ∑i:ξi=hχi\sum_{i:\xi_i=h}\chi_i∑i:ξi​=h​χi​ is large.
  • Proposition 4.7 (p. 19): neither full nor partial adoption is an equilibrium.

What the result gives

The proposition isolates a mechanism: blockchain information raises consumer surplus, which grows without bound in Δ\DeltaΔ, while Bertrand competition prevents the manufacturers who pay for adoption from capturing any of it. The conclusion is a market failure that persists however valuable the information is, and it motivates the paper's transfer scheme (Proposition 4.9), in which a consumer access fee finances the adopters. The welfare comparisons of Propositions 4.1–4.6 are reusable on their own: they quantify who gains and who loses from information disclosure in a vertically and horizontally differentiated market.

The results are proved in the paper (App. A.2, pp. 33–36). None is machine-checked. This mission produces a checked version of the welfare comparisons and of the failure result in the reduced form described below; the proofs as printed use a density for GGG and a second derivative of clc_lcl​, neither of which the model assumes, so a formal proof has to avoid both.

Where the difficulty lies

The equilibrium part is light once the gross profit is zero. The substance is in the welfare comparisons. Consumer welfare is an expectation E[max⁡{u,φ}]\mathbb E[\max\{u,\varphi\}]E[max{u,φ}] of an outside option with an arbitrary continuous law: strict monotonicity in uuu needs positive mass of φ\varphiφ below uNu^NuN, which is a consequence of Assumption 1 rather than an assumption, and the growth in Δ\DeltaΔ of WF−WNW^F - W^NWF−WN has to be bounded below without a density. Vendor welfare involves the generalised inverse (cl′)−1(c_l')^{-1}(cl′​)−1, which is 000 below cl′(0)c_l'(0)cl′​(0): the comparison WVF<WVNW^F_V < W^N_VWVF​<WVN​ must handle the regime where the low type vendor's share collapses to zero and the regime where it is interior, and must obtain continuity of cl′c_l'cl′​ from convexity rather than from a second derivative.

Formalization scope

The paper describes a signalling and pricing game but does not define its equilibrium concept precisely; Proposition A.1 states the outcomes and every proof in App. A.2 uses only those closed forms. The mission adopts the same reduced form, disclosed in every item: welfare is evaluated at Proposition A.1's prices, shares and utilities; the manufacturers' gross profit Π\PiΠ is the constant 000 for every adoption profile (the paper's statement in the proof of Proposition 4.3, p. 34); an equilibrium of the adoption stage is a pure Nash equilibrium of (8) with that payoff, expressed with AGT.IsPureNash from the published agt_games vocabulary. The signal accuracy is fixed at α=1/2\alpha = 1/2α=1/2, as in the paper's main text.

Conventions: manufacturers are Fin 2 × Bool × Fin m (the Boolean records ξi=h\xi_i = hξi​=h), adoption profiles are Boolean functions, GGG is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ for a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR, Δ\DeltaΔ is an argument of every statement with H=L+ΔH = L + \DeltaH=L+Δ, and (cl′)−1(x)=sup⁡{s≥0:cl′(s)≤x}(c_l')^{-1}(x) = \sup\{s \ge 0 : c_l'(s) \le x\}(cl′​)−1(x)=sup{s≥0:cl′​(s)≤x}. The standing assumptions are bundled in Model.Standing: m≥2m \ge 2m≥2, 0≤L0 \le L0≤L, 0≤l<h0 \le l < h0≤l<h, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, χi>0\chi_i > 0χi​>0, μ\muμ an atomless probability measure with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty,0)) = 0μ((−∞,0))=0 and positive mass on every interval (a,b)⊆[0,∞)(a,b) \subseteq [0,\infty)(a,b)⊆[0,∞), clc_lcl​ strictly increasing and convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with cl(0)=0c_l(0) = 0cl​(0)=0 and a strictly increasing derivative there. One hypothesis is added to the paper's: φ\varphiφ has a finite mean, which the paper uses (its proof of Proposition 4.1 integrates v p(v)v\,p(v)vp(v)) without stating it. Assumption 1, item 3, depends on Δ\DeltaΔ through HHH and is a hypothesis at each Δ\DeltaΔ; it is satisfiable (for instance with cl(x)=x2c_l(x) = x^2cl​(x)=x2, φ∼Exp(1)\varphi \sim \mathrm{Exp}(1)φ∼Exp(1), γ=1/2\gamma = 1/2γ=1/2, h=1h=1h=1, L=l=0L=l=0L=l=0, Δ=4\Delta = 4Δ=4) and monotone in Δ\DeltaΔ.

The formalization rules out the trivializing readings: the equilibrium predicate is concrete, not an abstract hypothesis; the integrals are of integrable functions, so no junk value 000 enters; the inverse of cl′c_l'cl′​ is the explicit supremum, not Function.invFun; and LLL, not HHH, is held fixed as Δ\DeltaΔ grows.

Needed infrastructure: expectations of max⁡{c,φ}\max\{c,\varphi\}max{c,φ} as a function of ccc (monotonicity, growth), and the generalised inverse of a strictly increasing derivative of a convex function. Both are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as are alternative arguments that avoid the density and the second derivative of the printed proofs.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman, W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption, SSRN 3602376, version of 2022-08-19. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3602376
  • G. Iyengar, F. Saleh, J. Sethuraman, W. Wang, Economics of Permissioned Blockchain Adoption, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4532
  • N. Nisan, T. Roughgarden, É. Tardos, V. Vazirani (eds.), Algorithmic Game Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2007, Ch. 1 (pure Nash equilibrium). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511800481
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Gathering Information before Negotiation I: The Buyer's Optimal Information Acquisition Increases with Its Bargaining Power and First Increases, Then Decreases with the Seller's CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Many transactions are priced by negotiation rather than posted prices: business-to-business procurement, used cars, real estate, the purchase of a company. Before negotiating, a buyer can often spend effort finding out how much the object is actually worth to it, through inspections, trials, consultants or market research. That information serves two purposes. It improves the joint decision of whether to trade at all, and it changes how the surplus of trade is split. Liang Guo's Gathering Information before Negotiation (SSRN 3930651; Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4360) studies how a buyer's endogenous information acquisition interacts with the two primitives of bargaining: the parties' bargaining powers and the seller's cost.

The first finding of the paper, Proposition 1, concerns how much information the buyer gathers. Its comparative statics in the seller's cost are non-monotone, and this non-monotonicity drives the later results of the paper, in which a seller can be worse off with more bargaining power or a lower cost. This mission formalizes Proposition 1 in its general form, for an arbitrary prior. A companion mission (Gathering Information before Negotiation II) formalizes the payoff reversals under a uniform prior and a linear information cost.

Setting

A seller can supply one unit of a product at cost ccc. A buyer's true value uuu of the unit is unknown to both parties; the common prior law of uuu is FFF, with a finite mean u^>0\hat u>0u^>0.

Before negotiating, the buyer acquires a truth-or-noise signal www: with probability α\alphaα the signal equals uuu, and with probability 1−α1-\alpha1−α it is an independent draw from FFF. Because the parties are risk neutral, only the buyer's posterior mean

v≡αw+(1−α)u^v\equiv\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat uv≡αw+(1−α)u^

matters. Ex ante, vvv has the distribution function

G(v,α)≡F ⁣(v−(1−α)u^α).G(v,\alpha)\equiv F\!\left(\frac{v-(1-\alpha)\hat u}{\alpha}\right).G(v,α)≡F(αv−(1−α)u^​).

The buyer chooses the informativeness α\alphaα in an interval [α‾,αˉ]⊆(0,1)[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subseteq(0,1)[α​,αˉ]⊆(0,1) at a cost k(α)k(\alpha)k(α) that is increasing, with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 and k(αˉ)>0k(\bar\alpha)>0k(αˉ)>0.

After observing vvv, the parties trade exactly when v>cv>cv>c and split the net surplus v−cv-cv−c according to their bargaining powers θs,θb∈(0,1)\theta_s,\theta_b\in(0,1)θs​,θb​∈(0,1), θs+θb=1\theta_s+\theta_b=1θs​+θb​=1. Anticipating this, the buyer chooses α\alphaα to solve

max⁡α∈[α‾,αˉ] Ub(α)=θb A(α,c)−k(α),A(α,c)=∫cvˉ(v−c) dG(v,α),(6)\max_{\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]}\ U_b(\alpha)=\theta_b\,A(\alpha,c)-k(\alpha),\qquad A(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}(v-c)\,dG(v,\alpha),\tag{6}α∈[α​,αˉ]max​ Ub​(α)=θb​A(α,c)−k(α),A(α,c)=∫cvˉ​(v−c)dG(v,α),(6)

where A(α,c)A(\alpha,c)A(α,c) is the total ex ante surplus (7). A solution of (6) is written α∗\alpha^*α∗; in general there may be several, and A∗(θb,c)\mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c)A∗(θb​,c) denotes the set of all of them.

Two sets S,T⊆RS,T\subseteq\mathbb RS,T⊆R are compared in the induced set order S⊑TS\sqsubseteq TS⊑T when min⁡(s,t)∈S\min(s,t)\in Smin(s,t)∈S and max⁡(s,t)∈T\max(s,t)\in Tmax(s,t)∈T for all s∈Ss\in Ss∈S, t∈Tt\in Tt∈T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 10)

Whenever the optimal sets compared are nonempty,

θb≤θb′ ⟹ A∗(θb,c)⊑A∗(θb′,c),\theta_b\le\theta_b'\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c)\sqsubseteq\mathcal A^*(\theta_b',c),θb​≤θb′​ ⟹ A∗(θb​,c)⊑A∗(θb′​,c), c≤c′≤u^ ⟹ A∗(θb,c)⊑A∗(θb,c′),u^≤c≤c′ ⟹ A∗(θb,c′)⊑A∗(θb,c).c\le c'\le\hat u\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c)\sqsubseteq\mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c'),\qquad \hat u\le c\le c'\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c')\sqsubseteq\mathcal A^*(\theta_b,c).c≤c′≤u^ ⟹ A∗(θb​,c)⊑A∗(θb​,c′),u^≤c≤c′ ⟹ A∗(θb​,c′)⊑A∗(θb​,c).

The buyer's optimal information acquisition increases with its bargaining power, and first increases and then decreases with the seller's cost, turning at the prior mean u^\hat uu^.

Milestones

  1. Display (1), p. 7. G(v,α)G(v,\alpha)G(v,α) is nondecreasing in α\alphaα for v<u^v<\hat uv<u^ and nonincreasing for v>u^v>\hat uv>u^: the family rotates about u^\hat uu^.
  2. Display (2) and footnote 7, p. 8. The mean of vvv is u^\hat uu^ for every α\alphaα, and α↦A(α,c)\alpha\mapsto A(\alpha,c)α↦A(α,c) is nondecreasing.
  3. Proof of Proposition 1, p. 30. Integration by parts: Ub(α)=θb∫c∞[1−G(v,α)] dv−k(α)U_b(\alpha)=\theta_b\int_c^{\infty}[1-G(v,\alpha)]\,dv-k(\alpha)Ub​(α)=θb​∫c∞​[1−G(v,α)]dv−k(α).
  4. Proof of Proposition 1, p. 30. UbU_bUb​ has increasing differences in (α,θb)(\alpha,\theta_b)(α,θb​).
  5. Proof of Proposition 1, p. 30. UbU_bUb​ has increasing differences in (α,c)(\alpha,c)(α,c) for c≤u^c\le\hat uc≤u^ and decreasing differences for c≥u^c\ge\hat uc≥u^.
  6. Topkis's theorem (Topkis 1998, Theorem 2.8.1), already proved on the platform and referenced.

Significance

The result. The first part of Proposition 1 says that a buyer with more bargaining power gathers more information, because it captures a larger share of the surplus that information creates. The second part is the less expected one: a higher seller cost shrinks the gains from trade, yet it raises the buyer's incentive to become informed as long as the cost is below the prior mean u^\hat uu^, and lowers it only beyond. Information is most valuable when trade is a close call. The paper's later results (Corollary 1, Propositions 2 and 3) build on this: since information acquisition responds to θb\theta_bθb​ and ccc, the seller's equilibrium payoff need not increase in its own bargaining power or decrease in its cost. The paper also notes (p. 11) that the monotonicity in θb\theta_bθb​ needs only that a higher α\alphaα is a mean-preserving spread, which is why the statement is posed here for every prior with finite mean.

Formalizing it. The proposition is proved in the paper, in a short appendix argument that differentiates under the integral and appeals to Topkis's theorem. To our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. The mission produces a density-free formalization: the rotation property and the mean-preserving-spread property of the truth-or-noise family, the integration-by-parts identity for the expected positive part, and the two increasing-differences statements, which together with the already formalized Topkis theorem give the goal.

Difficulty

The paper's argument is first-order: it computes cross-partial derivatives such as ∂2Ub/∂c ∂α=θb ∂G(c,α)/∂α\partial^2U_b/\partial c\,\partial\alpha=\theta_b\,\partial G(c,\alpha)/\partial\alpha∂2Ub​/∂c∂α=θb​∂G(c,α)/∂α and reads off their signs. Without a density these derivatives need not exist, and the information cost kkk is assumed only increasing, so UbU_bUb​ need not be differentiable, concave or even continuous in α\alphaα. The statements here are therefore in difference form, and the cross effects must be established as inequalities between integrals over different distributions of vvv.

The second obstacle is the shape of the comparative statics. Topkis's theorem gives a monotone optimal set in the induced set order on a parameter range where increasing differences hold, but the cost ccc has increasing differences only on (−∞,u^](-\infty,\hat u](−∞,u^] and decreasing differences on [u^,∞)[\hat u,\infty)[u^,∞). The referenced platform theorem, by contrast, asks for increasing differences on the whole product of the decision and parameter spaces, so it does not apply to UbU_bUb​ as it stands.

The obvious shortcut of picking a selection from the optimal set and proving it monotone does not work: the cross differences are only weakly positive (they vanish when ccc lies outside the support of vvv), so the strict version of Topkis's theorem does not apply, and two different maximizers need not be ordered.

Formalization scope

The prior is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR with integrable identity and positive mean u^=∫w dμ\hat u=\int w\,d\muu^=∫wdμ. The paper's additional assumptions on FFF (continuous and differentiable, strictly positive density on a bounded support [u‾,uˉ][\underline u,\bar u][u​,uˉ]) and c∈(u‾,uˉ)c\in(\underline u,\bar u)c∈(u​,uˉ) are dropped: every statement is posed for all priors with finite mean and all real ccc, which implies the paper's case. FFF is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ, and GGG is defined from it by the page's formula. The interval [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] satisfies 0<α‾<αˉ<10<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<10<α​<αˉ<1; kkk is monotone on it with k(α‾)=0<k(αˉ)k(\underline\alpha)=0<k(\bar\alpha)k(α​)=0<k(αˉ); θb∈(0,1)\theta_b\in(0,1)θb​∈(0,1) in every statement.

The total ex ante surplus is defined as A(α,c)=∫max⁡(αw+(1−α)u^−c,0) dμ(w)A(\alpha,c)=\int\max(\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat u-c,0)\,d\mu(w)A(α,c)=∫max(αw+(1−α)u^−c,0)dμ(w), which is (7) after the change of variables v=αw+(1−α)u^v=\alpha w+(1-\alpha)\hat uv=αw+(1−α)u^. The bargaining stage is not modelled; the paper's reduction to (6) is built into UbU_bUb​. The optimal level α∗\alpha^*α∗ is the set of maximizers of UbU_bUb​ over [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] (optSet), never a chosen element. "Increases" is the induced set order, and every comparison assumes both optimal sets nonempty, which is the paper's presumption that (6) has a solution.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: AAA is never given by a closed form or by the integration-by-parts expression (that identity is a milestone), α∗\alpha^*α∗ is never defined by a formula or a threshold rule, and the nonemptiness hypotheses prevent the induced set order from holding vacuously on an empty optimal set.

The development reuses the platform definitions Supermodularity.Lattices.InducedSetOrder and Supermodularity.Monotonicity.IncreasingDifferencesOn and the proved theorem Supermodularity.Monotonicity.argmax_increasing_of_increasing_differences. The rotation and mean-preserving-spread lemmas for truth-or-noise signals, and the tail-integral identity E[(X−c)+]=∫c∞P(X>x) dx\mathbb E[(X-c)^+]=\int_c^\infty P(X>x)\,dxE[(X−c)+]=∫c∞​P(X>x)dx for integrable XXX, are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of the milestones, of alternative proofs that avoid the integration by parts, and of the strict versions under the paper's density assumption are welcome.

Not posed in this mission: the benchmark (3)–(5), Corollary 1, Propositions 2–7, and the extensions of §4–§5.

Selected references

  • L. Guo, Gathering Information before Negotiation, author's manuscript of 15 Feb 2022, SSRN 3930651. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3930651 ; published in Management Science (2022), https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4360
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • J. P. Johnson and D. P. Myatt, On the Simple Economics of Advertising, Marketing, and Product Design, American Economic Review 96(3), 756–784, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.96.3.756
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsMarkov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels I: The Magnet Rule Makes the Rendezvous Chain Doubly Stochastic, and Its Stationary Distribution Is Uniform on the Inner DiamondResearch Paper

Motivation

A mobile retail stall can travel toward its next customer while that customer walks toward the stall. The customer's walking allowance changes where the stall stops, so it also changes the location from which the next trip begins. A useful trip-length calculation therefore needs a distribution for successive meeting points, not just a rule for one meeting. Cao and Qi study this question in a service zone assigned to one stall and give a particular magnet rule whose rendezvous chain has a simple stationary law Cao and Qi, §3.3. The result supplies the location model used in their analysis of repositioning distances.

The rule matters because different choices of a meeting point can produce different chains even when each choice lets the customer walk the same maximum distance. The paper's Theorem 1 establishes a distributional property of the specified rule, for every admissible finite grid. Its proof is in Appendix B, pp. 46–49 of the cited SSRN manuscript.

Setting

The service zone is a square drawn as a diamond in ordinary horizontal and vertical coordinates. Its edge length is RRR in Euclidean distance, while stall and customer travel is measured in Manhattan distance. For the chain, use the paper's two edge coordinates, aligned with the lower edges of the zone. The full customer grid is Gk={0,…,k}2G_k=\{0,\ldots,k\}^2Gk​={0,…,k}2, so it contains (k+1)2(k+1)^2(k+1)2 points. A customer is uniform on this full grid.

Write h=ϕkh=\phi kh=ϕk, where ϕ=r/(2R)\phi=r/(\sqrt2R)ϕ=r/(2​R) and rrr is the customer's maximum walking distance. The paper chooses kkk so that hhh is an integer and assumes 2h≤k2h\le k2h≤k. The stall docks only at points of the inner diamond

I0=[h,k−h]2∩Z2.\mathcal I_0=[h,k-h]^2\cap\mathbb Z^2.I0​=[h,k−h]2∩Z2.

The name “diamond” refers to its appearance in ordinary coordinates; in edge coordinates it is an axis-aligned square. A type-1 origin lies in I1=[2h,k−2h]2∩Z2\mathcal I_1=[2h,k-2h]^2\cap\mathbb Z^2I1​=[2h,k−2h]2∩Z2. The other origins in I0\mathcal I_0I0​ are type 2. The closed small diamond around an origin zo=(xo,yo)z_o=(x_o,y_o)zo​=(xo​,yo​) is I(zo)=[xo−h,xo+h]×[yo−h,yo+h]∩Z2\mathcal I(z_o)=[x_o-h,x_o+h]\times[y_o-h,y_o+h]\cap\mathbb Z^2I(zo​)=[xo​−h,xo​+h]×[yo​−h,yo​+h]∩Z2.

The magnet rule maps the origin zoz_ozo​ and next customer location zcz_czc​ to a rendezvous zdz_dzd​. The stall stays at zoz_ozo​ when zc∈I(zo)z_c\in\mathcal I(z_o)zc​∈I(zo​). Otherwise, the location of zcz_czc​ in one of eight surrounding regions selects one of eight customer movement arrows. At a type-1 origin the head of that arrow is the rendezvous. At a type-2 origin the rule changes an arrow whose head would leave I0\mathcal I_0I0​, keeping the rendezvous inside it while preserving the customer's allowed walking distance. These are Definitions 1 and 2 of the paper pp. 14–16.

For zo,zd∈I0z_o,z_d\in\mathcal I_0zo​,zd​∈I0​, let A(zo,zd)\mathcal A(z_o,z_d)A(zo​,zd​) be the customer grid locations sent from zoz_ozo​ to zdz_dzd​. The transition probability is

P(zo,zd)=∣A(zo,zd)∣(k+1)2.\mathbb P(z_o,z_d)=\frac{|\mathcal A(z_o,z_d)|}{(k+1)^2}.P(zo​,zd​)=(k+1)2∣A(zo​,zd​)∣​.

Thus the denominator is the number of possible customers, not the number of stall locations. Repeated independent customer locations produce a finite Markov chain on I0\mathcal I_0I0​.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 1 p. 17. For every k,h∈Nk,h\in\mathbb Nk,h∈N with 2h≤k2h\le k2h≤k, its first part says that P\mathbb PP is doubly stochastic:

∑zd∈I0P(zo,zd)=1and∑zo∈I0P(zo,zd)=1.\sum_{z_d\in\mathcal I_0}\mathbb P(z_o,z_d)=1 \quad\text{and}\quad \sum_{z_o\in\mathcal I_0}\mathbb P(z_o,z_d)=1.zd​∈I0​∑​P(zo​,zd​)=1andzo​∈I0​∑​P(zo​,zd​)=1.

Its second part says that the stationary distribution is uniform on I0\mathcal I_0I0​. The formal target states existence and uniqueness: a probability vector π\piπ is stationary for P\mathbb PP if and only if π(z)=1/∣I0∣\pi(z)=1/|\mathcal I_0|π(z)=1/∣I0​∣ for every state zzz.

The milestones follow the source's intermediate assertions: the rule keeps the rendezvous in I0\mathcal I_0I0​ at the prescribed customer distance; each row counts (k+1)2(k+1)^2(k+1)2 customers; the type-1 self-transition counts (2h+1)2(2h+1)^2(2h+1)2 customers; type-1 and type-2 columns each count (k+1)2(k+1)^2(k+1)2 incoming customer events; and every transition entry is positive. The last assertion supports the uniqueness clause.

Significance

A uniform stationary law replaces an unknown, history-dependent location distribution with one specified directly by the inner diamond. In the paper, that distribution is the location input for later within-radius repositioning calculations Cao and Qi, §§3.2–3.3. The result is specific to the magnet rule. It does not say that every reasonable meeting rule has a uniform stationary law.

The paper proves the finite-grid theorem in Appendix B. This mission asks for a machine-checked account of its exact finite combinatorial statement. The development will provide reusable definitions of the grid rule and its transition counts, while using an existing formal library interface for finite Markov chains. The theorem statements are open proof targets; a successful local compilation of their statements alone is not a proof.

Difficulty

Unit row sums follow from assigning each customer location to one next rendezvous. Unit column sums are subtler: fixing a destination and varying the origin gives overlapping sets of customer locations. Interior destinations and boundary destinations have different counts because a type-2 origin can redirect an arrow that would otherwise leave the allowed stall region. The source treats these as Case I and Case II on pp. 46–49. An interior-only count cannot establish the theorem for all of I0\mathcal I_0I0​, and positivity of every transition is a separate requirement for identifying the unique stationary law.

Formalization scope

Lean uses integer coordinate pairs for grid points and finite sets for GkG_kGk​, I0\mathcal I_0I0​, I1\mathcal I_1I1​, and I(zo)\mathcal I(z_o)I(zo​). The region boundaries use the paper's strict or inclusive inequalities exactly. The permitted parameters are all natural numbers k,hk,hk,h satisfying 2h≤k2h\le k2h≤k, including h=0h=0h=0, k=0k=0k=0, and 2h=k2h=k2h=k. In physical units h=ϕkh=\phi kh=ϕk; no division by kkk occurs in the formal statements. When k=0k=0k=0, there is one customer point and one state.

The matrix is computed from the paper's two-part magnet rule and uniform demand on the full grid. Defining it as a uniform matrix, using a nearest-point rule, dropping the type-2 correction, fixing one grid size, or proving only column sums would miss the target. The definition of A\mathcal AA counts customer locations that induce a transition. This includes customers already inside I(zo)\mathcal I(z_o)I(zo​) in a self-transition, as required by the paper's Case I(IX) and row-count formula. The paper's separate Proposition 2 is not a claim of this mission because it is false as printed; none of these targets assumes it. The finite-grid theorem does not formalize the subsequent informal k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ statement.

The complete development needs finite-set counting, integer interval bounds, real-valued stochastic matrices, and the stationary-distribution interface of the published MarkovChain definition. Contributions proving any of the stated counting milestones or strengthening the finite-chain consequences are welcome. The paper's own proof is in Appendix B, pp. 46–49.

Selected references

  • J. Cao and W. Qi, Stall Economy: The Value of Mobility in Retail on Wheels, SSRN manuscript 3711896, 2022, §§3.2–3.3 and Appendix B, pp. 46–49. Manuscript.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning 3: EllipsoidalCones Has Worst-Case Regret O(d² ln(T tan α(C₀))) from a Pointed Initial Knowledge SetResearch Paper

Motivation

In inverse optimization one observes the decisions of an expert who solves an optimization problem and tries to recover the expert's objective. The contextual version of Besbes, Fonseca and Lobel (arXiv:2106.14015; Operations Research, 2025) asks a sharper question: not how well the cost can be estimated, but how well a decision-maker who imitates the expert performs, measured by regret against the expert. Settings of this kind arise whenever a firm wants to reproduce the routine choices of an experienced planner, for example routing, assortment or scheduling decisions, without being told the planner's cost trade-offs.

The online setting is adversarial. Nature fixes an unknown cost vector and then presents a sequence of problems; after each decision it reveals the expert's optimal action, which cuts the set of costs still consistent with the observations. A companion mission of this series shows that the natural greedy policy, which plays the center of this consistent set, can incur regret linear in the horizon. This mission formalizes the paper's first positive answer: an algorithm, EllipsoidalCones, with regret logarithmic in the horizon when the initial set of costs lies inside a pointed cone.

Setting

Costs lie on the unit sphere SdS^dSd of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, d=m+1≥2d=m+1\ge2d=m+1≥2. In period ttt nature presents a feasible set Xt⊆Rn\mathcal X_t\subseteq\mathbb R^nXt​⊆Rn, compact, nonempty and of diameter at most 111, and a 111-Lipschitz context ft:Rn→Rdf_t:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^dft​:Rn→Rd. The forward problem with cost ccc has solution set ψ(c,Xt,ft)=argmin⁡x∈Xtft(x)′c\psi(c,\mathcal X_t,f_t)=\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X_t}f_t(x)'cψ(c,Xt​,ft​)=argminx∈Xt​​ft​(x)′c. The decision-maker plays some xtπx^\pi_txtπ​, nature reveals an expert action xt⋆∈ψ(c⋆,Xt,ft)x^\star_t\in\psi(c^\star,\mathcal X_t,f_t)xt⋆​∈ψ(c⋆,Xt​,ft​) for the true cost c⋆c^\starc⋆, and the regret over TTT periods is

RTπ=∑t=1T(ft(xtπ)−ft(xt⋆))′c⋆.\mathcal R^\pi_T=\sum_{t=1}^T\big(f_t(x^\pi_t)-f_t(x^\star_t)\big)'c^\star .RTπ​=t=1∑T​(ft​(xtπ​)−ft​(xt⋆​))′c⋆.

The knowledge set C(It)C(\mathcal I_t)C(It​) is the set of costs in the initial set C0⊆SdC_0\subseteq S^dC0​⊆Sd under which every expert action seen so far was optimal.

The angle between nonzero vectors is θ(c,c^)=arccos⁡(c′c^/∥c∥∥c^∥)\theta(c,\hat c)=\arccos(c'\hat c/\|c\|\|\hat c\|)θ(c,c^)=arccos(c′c^/∥c∥∥c^∥), and the uncertainty angle of a set CCC is α(C)=inf⁡c^∈Sdsup⁡c∈Cθ(c,c^)\alpha(C)=\inf_{\hat c\in S^d}\sup_{c\in C}\theta(c,\hat c)α(C)=infc^∈Sd​supc∈C​θ(c,c^); a minimizing c^\hat cc^ is a circumcenter. The initial set is pointed when α(C0)<π/2\alpha(C_0)<\pi/2α(C0​)<π/2.

For a positive diagonal W=diag⁡(w1,…,wm)W=\operatorname{diag}(w_1,\dots,w_m)W=diag(w1​,…,wm​) and an orthonormal UUU, the ellipsoidal cone is

E(W,U)={c: c~[1]≥0, c~[2:d]′W−1c~[2:d]≤c~[1]2},c~=U−1c,E(W,U)=\{c:\ \tilde c_{[1]}\ge0,\ \tilde c_{[2:d]}'W^{-1}\tilde c_{[2:d]}\le\tilde c_{[1]}^2\},\qquad \tilde c=U^{-1}c ,E(W,U)={c: c~[1]​≥0, c~[2:d]′​W−1c~[2:d]​≤c~[1]2​},c~=U−1c,

a cone with axis Ue1Ue_1Ue1​ and elliptical cross-section. The effective difference of period ttt is δtπ=(ft(xtπ)−ft(xt⋆))/∥ft(xtπ)−ft(xt⋆)∥\delta^\pi_t=(f_t(x^\pi_t)-f_t(x^\star_t))/\|f_t(x^\pi_t)-f_t(x^\star_t)\|δtπ​=(ft​(xtπ​)−ft​(xt⋆​))/∥ft​(xtπ​)−ft​(xt⋆​)∥ (and 000 if the difference vanishes).

EllipsoidalCones with parameter ϵ\epsilonϵ starts from the circular cone W1=tan⁡2α(C0)IW_1=\tan^2\alpha(C_0)IW1​=tan2α(C0​)I, U1e1U_1e_1U1​e1​ a circumcenter of C0C_0C0​, and plays the axis Ute1U_te_1Ut​e1​ as proxy cost. With δˉ=Ut−1δtπ\bar\delta=U_t^{-1}\delta^\pi_tδˉ=Ut−1​δtπ​ it keeps the cone if

δˉ[2:d]′Wtδˉ[2:d]≤ϵ2(12)\bar\delta_{[2:d]}'W_t\bar\delta_{[2:d]}\le\epsilon^2 \qquad (12)δˉ[2:d]′​Wt​δˉ[2:d]​≤ϵ2(12)

and otherwise replaces it by the output of ConeUpdate, which performs one central-cut step of the ellipsoid method on the cone's cross-section and re-centres the result by a spectral decomposition.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 20)

With ϵ=d/T\epsilon=d/Tϵ=d/T there is an absolute constant KKK such that for every d≥2d\ge2d≥2, T≥1T\ge1T≥1, closed pointed C0C_0C0​ with α(C0)>0\alpha(C_0)>0α(C0​)>0, c⋆∈C0c^\star\in C_0c⋆∈C0​, admissible instances and run,

RTπ≤K d2ln⁡(Ttan⁡α(C0))  if α(C0)>arctan⁡(d/T),RTπ≤K d  otherwise.\mathcal R^\pi_T\le K\,d^2\ln\big(T\tan\alpha(C_0)\big)\ \text{ if }\alpha(C_0)>\arctan(d/T),\qquad \mathcal R^\pi_T\le K\,d\ \text{ otherwise.}RTπ​≤Kd2ln(Ttanα(C0​))  if α(C0​)>arctan(d/T),RTπ​≤Kd  otherwise.

The constant is left unfixed: the shape d2ln⁡(Ttan⁡α(C0))d^2\ln(T\tan\alpha(C_0))d2ln(Ttanα(C0​)) is the claim, and the proof's explicit constant rests on a step that fails at d=2d=2d=2.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: α(E(W,U))=arctan⁡λmax⁡(W)\alpha(E(W,U))=\arctan\sqrt{\lambda_{\max}(W)}α(E(W,U))=arctanλmax​(W)​.
  2. Lemma 4: if C(It)⊆E(Wt,Ut)C(\mathcal I_t)\subseteq E(W_t,U_t)C(It​)⊆E(Wt​,Ut​) and (12) holds, the period's regret is at most ϵ\epsilonϵ.
  3. Lemma B-1 (η=0\eta=0η=0): ConeUpdate's output contains E(W,U)∩{δ′c≥0}E(W,U)\cap\{\delta'c\ge0\}E(W,U)∩{δ′c≥0} and ∏λi\prod\lambda_i∏λi​ shrinks by e−1/(2(d−1))e^{-1/(2(d-1))}e−1/(2(d−1)).
  4. Lemma 3: C(It+1)⊆E(Wt,Ut)∩{δtπ′c≥0}⊆E(Wt+1,Ut+1)C(\mathcal I_{t+1})\subseteq E(W_t,U_t)\cap\{\delta^{\pi\prime}_tc\ge0\}\subseteq E(W_{t+1},U_{t+1})C(It+1​)⊆E(Wt​,Ut​)∩{δtπ′​c≥0}⊆E(Wt+1​,Ut+1​), and for d≥3d\ge3d≥3 ∏λi\prod\lambda_i∏λi​ shrinks by e−1/(d−1)e^{-1/(d-1)}e−1/(d−1).
  5. Cohen et al. (2020), Lemmas 3 and 4 (already posed on the platform, referenced): an ellipsoid-method step shrinks the smallest eigenvalue by at most (d−1)2/d2(d-1)^2/d^2(d−1)2/d2, and does not shrink it at all below the threshold (ϵ/(10(d−1)))2(\epsilon/(10(d-1)))^2(ϵ/(10(d−1)))2 when the cut is long.
  6. Lemma 5: for d≥3d\ge3d≥3, λmax⁡(Wt)≤(10d/ϵ)2(d−2)λmax⁡(W1)d−1e−Itπ/(d−1)\lambda_{\max}(W_t)\le(10d/\epsilon)^{2(d-2)}\lambda_{\max}(W_1)^{d-1}e^{-I^\pi_t/(d-1)}λmax​(Wt​)≤(10d/ϵ)2(d−2)λmax​(W1​)d−1e−Itπ​/(d−1), or no update ever happens.

Significance

The theorem shows that in contextual inverse optimization the decision-maker can force nature to reveal information: a cone update happens only after a large mistake, and each such mistake shrinks the cone geometrically, so large mistakes are logarithmically rare. It is the building block of the paper's general-case algorithm, which restarts the same construction in growing subspaces, and it isolates why the greedy policy fails: it never trades instantaneous regret for information.

The paper proves the result; nothing in it is machine-checked. The mission produces a checked version of the pointed-case analysis, an ellipsoidal-cone layer on top of the platform's ellipsoid-method definitions, and corrected statements where the printed ones are imprecise: the dimension restriction d≥3d\ge3d≥3 for the rate of Lemma 3 and the first part of Lemma 5, the column order of the spectral decomposition in ConeUpdate, and the η=0\eta=0η=0 case of Lemma B-1.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious argument. First, ConeUpdate is not the ellipsoid method: the minimum-volume ellipsoid of the cut cross-section has the right volume but its cone is no longer centred, and the new cone's axis is an eigenvector of an indefinite bordered matrix. Showing that this re-centred cone still contains the cut cone requires matching the eigenvalues of the bordered matrix with those of the ellipsoid matrix in the right order. Second, a volume decrease alone does not bound the regret: by Proposition 1 the uncertainty angle is governed by the largest eigenvalue, and the ellipsoid method can make that eigenvalue grow. The lazy test (12) and the smallest-eigenvalue lemmas of Cohen et al. are what keep the cones from becoming long and thin; without them the product of eigenvalues falls while the angle does not.

Formalization scope

Costs live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (m+1)) with d=m+1d=m+1d=m+1, actions in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so all norms are Euclidean. WWW is stored as its diagonal www, UUU as a real orthogonal matrix, and U−1U^{-1}U−1 is written U⊤U^\topU⊤. Lean periods are 000-based: Lean period ttt is the paper's period t+1t+1t+1. This text is the arXiv v3 preprint (1 July 2023), not the published 2025 article; all numbering is the preprint's.

Standing assumptions carried by the statements: d≥2d\ge2d≥2, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, feasible sets nonempty, compact and of diameter at most 111, contexts 111-Lipschitz, C0C_0C0​ a closed subset of SdS^dSd, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0. Pinned and disclosed choices:

  • ConeUpdate is a relation, not a function. The printed U−1Bδ[2:p]U^{-1}B\delta_{[2:p]}U−1Bδ[2:p]​ is read as (U−1δ)[2:p](U^{-1}\delta)_{[2:p]}(U−1δ)[2:p]​. The first column of VVV is the eigenvector of the positive eigenvalue of MMM with positive first entry, and larger ∣μ∣|\mu|∣μ∣ is paired with larger eigenvalues of NNN. The page leaves this order open, and Algorithm 1 and Lemma B-1 disagree on it.
  • The printed "U1←Id−1U_1\leftarrow I_{d-1}U1​←Id−1​" is read as: U1U_1U1​ orthonormal with a circumcenter of C0C_0C0​ as its first column.
  • α(C0)>0\alpha(C_0)>0α(C0​)>0 on the goal. At α(C0)=0\alpha(C_0)=0α(C0​)=0 the algorithm's W1=0W_1=0W1​=0 is not positive definite.
  • The rate of Lemma 3 and the first part of Lemma 5 are stated for d≥3d\ge3d≥3 only; the rest of both lemmas for every d≥2d\ge2d≥2. At d=2d=2d=2 ConeUpdate halves WWW, and 1/2>e−11/2>e^{-1}1/2>e−1.
  • Lemma B-1 is stated only for η=0\eta=0η=0. Its η>0\eta>0η>0 inclusion is false as printed.
  • The worst-case regret is stated as a bound for every true cost, every adaptive instance sequence and every run, not as a real supremum. The polynomial running-time claim is not formalized.

The run predicate is satisfiable: a circumcenter of a closed nonempty C0C_0C0​ exists, the bordered matrix has exactly one positive eigenvalue, and a cone update is required only when the tail of δˉ\bar\deltaδˉ is nonzero. A formalization in which no run exists, or in which KKK may depend on ddd or TTT, does not state Theorem 3.

A complete development needs the angle and uncertainty-angle layer, ellipsoidal cones and their cross-sections, the published ellipsoid-method update (LinearOptimization_EllipsoidMethod) with its volume and eigenvalue facts, Cauchy–Schwarz over ellipsoids, and eigenvalue interlacing for bordered matrices. The ellipsoidal-cone layer and the cone-update lemma can be reused in the paper's general case and in other cone-based learning algorithms. Proofs of any milestone, and of the referenced Cohen et al. lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes, Y. Fonseca, I. Lobel, Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning, arXiv:2106.14015v3, 2023; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14015
  • M. C. Cohen, I. Lobel, R. Paes Leme, Feature-Based Dynamic Pricing, Management Science 66(11), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2019.3485
  • M. Grötschel, L. Lovász, A. Schrijver, Geometric Algorithms and Combinatorial Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-78240-4
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997, Chapter 8.
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model II: Interoperability Mitigates Dominance, as Lower Interoperability Admits a Duopoly Equilibrium with an Even Larger Dominant PlatformResearch Paper

Interoperability and dominant platforms

Digital markets with strong network effects (messaging, social networks, app stores) tend to concentrate: a platform with more users is worth more to each user. Interoperability, the ability of a platform's users to interact with the users of rival platforms, is a central remedy in current competition policy; the EU Digital Markets Act (2022) mandates it for messaging services offered by designated gatekeepers. Whether interoperability actually reduces the market share of a dominant platform is a question about equilibria of a pricing game.

Ekmekci, White and Wu (Management Science, 2025) answer it in a model of platform competition built on net fees. Their Proposition 6 shows, for a Logit duopoly, that lowering interoperability always admits an equilibrium with an even larger dominant platform; equivalently, interoperability may mitigate dominance. This mission formalizes that result and the steps of its proof.

Setting

There are two platforms j∈{1,2}j\in\{1,2\}j∈{1,2} and one side of users. Platform jjj chooses a net fee tj∈Rt^j\in\mathbb Rtj∈R: the price a user pays, net of the interaction value the platform extracts once the user has joined. With Logit demand and no outside option, platform jjj's market share at the fee profile t=(t1,t2)t=(t^1,t^2)t=(t1,t2) is

nj(t)=e−tje−t1+e−t2.n^j(t)=\frac{e^{-t^j}}{e^{-t^1}+e^{-t^2}} .nj(t)=e−t1+e−t2e−tj​.

Both platforms have marginal cost ccc, and each user values each other user of the same platform at γ\gammaγ, the network externality. The degree of interoperability λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1] lets a user of platform jjj also enjoy λγ\lambda\gammaλγ per user of the rival platform (the paper's (19)), and the platform extracts this value too. Platform jjj's profit is

πj(t)=(tj+γnj+λγn−j−c) nj,n−j=1−nj.\pi^j(t)=\bigl(t^j+\gamma n^j+\lambda\gamma n^{-j}-c\bigr)\,n^j,\qquad n^{-j}=1-n^j .πj(t)=(tj+γnj+λγn−j−c)nj,n−j=1−nj.

A fee profile ttt is a Nash equilibrium in net fees under λ\lambdaλ if no platform can raise its profit by changing its own fee to any other real number. In an equilibrium with nj(t)>1/2n^j(t)>1/2nj(t)>1/2, platform jjj is the dominant platform.

The Lean development (namespace NetFeePlatform.InteropDominance) writes nj(t)n^j(t)nj(t) as demand 0 t j (the 0 is the weight of the absent outside option), πj\pi^jπj as profit 0 c γ lam t j, and equilibrium as IsEquilibrium 0 c γ lam t, with t : Fin 2 → ℝ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6 (p. 23)

Let γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, 0≤λ‾<λ‾≤10\le\underline\lambda<\overline\lambda\le10≤λ​<λ≤1 and γ(1−λ‾)≤27/8\gamma(1-\underline\lambda)\le 27/8γ(1−λ​)≤27/8. If ttt is an equilibrium under λ‾\overline\lambdaλ and nj(t)>1/2n^j(t)>1/2nj(t)>1/2, then there is an equilibrium t′t't′ under λ‾\underline\lambdaλ​ with

nj(t′)>nj(t).n^j(t')>n^j(t).nj(t′)>nj(t).

The equilibrium t′t't′ is not unique in general, and the statement does not say which one; it asserts existence, exactly as the paper does.

Milestones

  1. Logit derivative (p. 13): ∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj)\partial n^j/\partial t^j=-n^j(1-n^j)∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj).
  2. First-order condition (20) (p. 23): every equilibrium satisfies tj=c+11−nj−2γnj−γλ(1−nj)+γλnjt^j=c+\frac1{1-n^j}-2\gamma n^j-\gamma\lambda(1-n^j)+\gamma\lambda n^jtj=c+1−nj1​−2γnj−γλ(1−nj)+γλnj.
  3. Sufficiency (Appendix E.1.3 with (36)): if γ(1−λ)≤27/8\gamma(1-\lambda)\le 27/8γ(1−λ)≤27/8, a fee satisfying (20) is a best response.
  4. Equivalence (p. 24): the market (c,γ,λ)(c,\gamma,\lambda)(c,γ,λ) has the equilibria of the market (c−γλ, γ(1−λ), 0)(c-\gamma\lambda,\ \gamma(1-\lambda),\ 0)(c−γλ, γ(1−λ), 0).
  5. Characterization (p. 51): equilibrium shares are the zeros of ζ(n;λ)=ln⁡n1−n+11−n−1n−2γ(1−λ)(2n−1)\zeta(n;\lambda)=\ln\frac{n}{1-n}+\frac1{1-n}-\frac1n-2\gamma(1-\lambda)(2n-1)ζ(n;λ)=ln1−nn​+1−n1​−n1​−2γ(1−λ)(2n−1), and conversely under the bound of item 3.
  6. Comparison (p. 52): ζ(n;λ‾)−ζ(n;λ‾)=2γ(λ‾−λ‾)(2n−1)<0\zeta(n;\underline\lambda)-\zeta(n;\overline\lambda)=2\gamma(\underline\lambda-\overline\lambda)(2n-1)<0ζ(n;λ​)−ζ(n;λ)=2γ(λ​−λ)(2n−1)<0 for n>1/2n>1/2n>1/2.
  7. Boundary behaviour (p. 52): ζ(n;λ)→∞\zeta(n;\lambda)\to\inftyζ(n;λ)→∞ as n→1−n\to1^-n→1−.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6 is the paper's argument that interoperability mandates can reduce concentration without any change in the platforms' cost or quality: at a fixed network externality, every equilibrium with a dominant platform under a higher degree of interoperability is outsized by an equilibrium under a lower degree, so the largest dominant share an equilibrium can sustain does not increase as interoperability rises. The proof rests on the equivalence of item 4, under which interoperability acts as a reduction of the effective network externality from γ\gammaγ to γ(1−λ)\gamma(1-\lambda)γ(1−λ); Figure 2 of the paper plots the resulting largest equilibrium share as λ\lambdaλ varies at γ=3.375\gamma=3.375γ=3.375.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is three paragraphs, and it identifies equilibria with zeros of ζ\zetaζ. A formal proof has to supply what the text takes for granted: that the first-order condition is necessary at a global Nash equilibrium, that it is sufficient in the stated range, and that a zero of ζ\zetaζ can be turned back into a fee profile. No part of the result has been machine-checked before. A complete development also gives a reusable treatment of Logit demand and of best responses in one-variable concave games.

Difficulty

The algebra of ζ\zetaζ and the intermediate value step are short. The work lies in the equilibrium notion. A Nash equilibrium is a global condition over every unilateral deviation s∈Rs\in\mathbb Rs∈R, and profit is not concave in the platform's own fee. Measured against the platform's own share n∈(0,1)n\in(0,1)n∈(0,1), profit has second derivative −1/(n(1−n)2)+2γ(1−λ)-1/(n(1-n)^2)+2\gamma(1-\lambda)−1/(n(1−n)2)+2γ(1−λ); it is concave exactly when 2γ(1−λ)2\gamma(1-\lambda)2γ(1−λ) does not exceed the minimum 27/427/427/4 of 1/(n(1−n)2)1/(n(1-n)^2)1/(n(1−n)2). Outside that range the first-order condition is not sufficient, and a zero of ζ\zetaζ need not be an equilibrium; the paper does not treat that case.

Formalization scope

  • Model. One side (S=1S=1S=1), two platforms indexed by Fin 2, Logit demand with no outside option (outside weight w=0w=0w=0, literally), common ccc and γ\gammaγ, interoperability λ\lambdaλ written lam. The Setting file states the general JJJ-platform objects (demand with an outside-option weight w≥0w\ge0w≥0, profit with the interoperability term λγ∑k≠jnk\lambda\gamma\sum_{k\ne j}n^kλγ∑k=j​nk, equilibrium, the diversion ratio of (32)); this mission uses them at J=2J=2J=2, w=0w=0w=0.
  • Hypotheses. The paper assumes γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1]. The goal adds γ(1−λ‾)≤27/8\gamma(1-\underline\lambda)\le 27/8γ(1−λ​)≤27/8, the range in which the paper proves that the first-order condition is sufficient (Appendix E.1.3 with (36), the 3.3753.3753.375 of Proposition 2′); the paper's own proof stops at the first-order condition and is not complete without it.
  • Correction. The paper prints ζ(n‾1;λ‾)−ζ(n‾1;λ‾)=4(λ‾−λ‾)γn‾1\zeta(\overline n^1;\underline\lambda)-\zeta(\overline n^1;\overline\lambda)=4(\underline\lambda-\overline\lambda)\gamma\overline n^1ζ(n1;λ​)−ζ(n1;λ)=4(λ​−λ)γn1; the correct value is 2γ(λ‾−λ‾)(2n‾1−1)2\gamma(\underline\lambda-\overline\lambda)(2\overline n^1-1)2γ(λ​−λ)(2n1−1). Its sign is the same, and milestone 6 states the correct value.
  • Ruled out. Equilibrium is never replaced by "the pricing formula (20) holds": that would reduce the goal to an intermediate value argument and remove its substance. Shares are always demand 0 t j at a fee profile, never free variables. Profit keeps the interoperability term; without it λ\lambdaλ would not enter the model at all.
  • Out of scope. General (non-Logit) demand and Assumptions A1–A2, S≥2S\ge2S≥2 sides, J≥3J\ge3J≥3 platforms (Proposition 12), platform-specific cj,γjc^j,\gamma^jcj,γj, the microfoundation of Appendix A, and the numerical Figure 2.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the milestones, in particular the Logit change of variable from fees to shares and the concavity bound, which are reusable in the two companion missions of this series.

Selected references

  • M. Ekmekci, A. White, L. Wu, Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model, Management Science, 2025; accepted working-paper version of December 12, 2024 (the version cited here). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.02810
  • J. Crémer, P. Rey, J. Tirole, Connectivity in the Commercial Internet, Journal of Industrial Economics 48(4), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-6451.00129
  • Regulation (EU) 2022/1925 (Digital Markets Act), Official Journal of the European Union L 265, 2022. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/1925/oj
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model I: Adding a Third Platform Can Produce an Equilibrium Whose Dominant Platform Outsizes Every Platform of Every Duopoly EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

Markets organized by platforms (social networks, marketplaces, messaging services) exhibit network effects: a user values a platform more when more users join it. A standing concern in competition policy is that such markets "tip" towards one dominant platform, and the usual remedy proposed is to foster entry. Ekmekci, White and Wu (Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model, Management Science, 2025) develop a tractable model of platform oligopoly in which platforms compete in net fees, the price a user pays net of the interaction value the platform delivers, and use it to examine policy interventions. Their Proposition 4 shows that the intuition "more platforms, less dominance" can fail: with strong network effects, adding a third platform to a duopoly can produce an equilibrium whose leader is larger than any platform of any duopoly equilibrium.

The net-fee approach is the authors' alternative to the "insulated equilibrium" of White and Weyl (2016); the paper's §5 specializes it to Logit demand, where pricing formulas are explicit.

Setting

There are JJJ platforms and one side of users. Platform jjj charges a net fee tj∈Rt^j\in\mathbb Rtj∈R; write t=(t1,…,tJ)t=(t^1,\dots,t^J)t=(t1,…,tJ). Demand has the Logit form (13): with outside-option weight w=ez≥0w=e^{z}\ge0w=ez≥0,

nj(t)=e−tjw+∑ke−tk,n^j(t)=\frac{e^{-t^j}}{w+\sum_k e^{-t^k}},nj(t)=w+∑k​e−tke−tj​,

and in this mission there is no outside option, w=0w=0w=0, so the shares sum to one. Platforms are ex ante identical: common marginal cost ccc and common interaction value γ\gammaγ. Platform jjj's profit ((8) with one side) is

πj(t)=(tj+γ nj(t)−c) nj(t),\pi^j(t)=\big(t^j+\gamma\,n^j(t)-c\big)\,n^j(t),πj(t)=(tj+γnj(t)−c)nj(t),

the net fee plus the interaction value the platform extracts per user, less cost, times its share. A net-fee equilibrium is a pure-strategy Nash equilibrium: no platform jjj can raise πj\pi^jπj by changing its own net fee to any s∈Rs\in\mathbb Rs∈R. Duopoly is J=2J=2J=2, triopoly J=3J=3J=3.

At an equilibrium, each net fee satisfies the Logit pricing formula (14), tj=c+11−nj−2γnjt^j=c+\frac{1}{1-n^j}-2\gamma n^jtj=c+1−nj1​−2γnj. For equilibria with one dominant platform of share 1−n1-n1−n and J−1J-1J−1 equal small platforms of share n/(J−1)n/(J-1)n/(J−1), the paper reduces the equilibrium conditions to a zero of the characterization function

g(n;J)=ln⁡n−ln⁡(J−1)−ln⁡(1−n)+11−nJ−1−2γnJ−1−(1n−2γ(1−n)),0<n<1.g(n;J)=\ln n-\ln(J-1)-\ln(1-n)+\frac{1}{1-\frac{n}{J-1}}-2\gamma\frac{n}{J-1}-\Big(\frac1n-2\gamma(1-n)\Big),\qquad 0<n<1.g(n;J)=lnn−ln(J−1)−ln(1−n)+1−J−1n​1​−2γJ−1n​−(n1​−2γ(1−n)),0<n<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 (competition may increase dominance)

For 2ln⁡2+43<γ≤2782\ln2+\tfrac43<\gamma\le\tfrac{27}{8}2ln2+34​<γ≤827​: duopoly has an equilibrium, and there exist a triopoly equilibrium t3t_3t3​ and a platform iii with

nk(t2)<ni(t3)for every duopoly equilibrium t2 and every platform k.n^k(t_2)<n^i(t_3)\quad\text{for every duopoly equilibrium }t_2\text{ and every platform }k.nk(t2​)<ni(t3​)for every duopoly equilibrium t2​ and every platform k.

The comparison is against every duopoly equilibrium and every platform in it, not against one selected equilibrium.

Milestones

  1. The Logit derivative ∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj)\partial n^j/\partial t^j=-n^j(1-n^j)∂nj/∂tj=−nj(1−nj) (p. 13).
  2. Proposition 1 in Logit form (14): every equilibrium satisfies tj=c+11−nj−2γnjt^j=c+\frac1{1-n^j}-2\gamma n^jtj=c+1−nj1​−2γnj (pp. 12–13).
  3. The Logit concavity bound (36): for γ≤27/8\gamma\le27/8γ≤27/8, the pricing formula gives a global best response (p. 43).
  4. The zeros of g(⋅;J)g(\cdot;J)g(⋅;J) are exactly the equilibria with one dominant and J−1J-1J−1 equal small platforms (p. 49).
  5. lim⁡n→0+g(n;J)=−∞\lim_{n\to0^+}g(n;J)=-\inftylimn→0+​g(n;J)=−∞ (p. 49).
  6. g(n;3)−g(n;2)=−ln⁡2+11−n/2−11−n+γng(n;3)-g(n;2)=-\ln2+\frac1{1-n/2}-\frac1{1-n}+\gamma ng(n;3)−g(n;2)=−ln2+1−n/21​−1−n1​+γn (p. 50).
  7. For 2ln⁡2+43<γ≤2782\ln2+\tfrac43<\gamma\le\tfrac{27}{8}2ln2+34​<γ≤827​, g(n;3)>0g(n;3)>0g(n;3)>0 at every zero n∈(0,12]n\in(0,\tfrac12]n∈(0,21​] of g(⋅;2)g(\cdot;2)g(⋅;2) (p. 50).

Significance

The result. Proposition 4 is a counterexample to a policy presumption: entry need not reduce concentration in markets with network effects. With a third platform, the two small platforms can split the fringe so thinly that the leader's share rises above anything sustainable in a duopoly. The result identifies an explicit parameter window; together with the companion results on interoperability (Propositions 6 and 7 of the same paper), it frames which interventions reduce dominance in this model.

Formalizing it. The proposition is proved in the paper partly by a numerical check ("we can verify", p. 50), and its printed interval (2.71,3.375](2.71,3.375](2.71,3.375] is slightly too wide at the bottom: at the symmetric duopoly equilibrium the paper's own criterion requires γ>2ln⁡2+43≈2.7196\gamma>2\ln2+\tfrac43\approx2.7196γ>2ln2+34​≈2.7196. A machine-checked proof would settle the corrected statement, replace the numerical step by an argument, and make the equilibrium characterization through g(n;J)g(n;J)g(n;J) (including the step from first-order conditions to global Nash equilibrium) available for the other results of the series. None of these statements is formalized anywhere to our knowledge.

Difficulty

Three steps resist the obvious argument.

  • First-order conditions are not equilibria. The pricing formula is necessary; that it is sufficient requires profit to be concave in the platform's own share, which holds only for 2γ≤1/(n(1−n)2)2\gamma\le 1/(n(1-n)^2)2γ≤1/(n(1−n)2), i.e. for γ≤27/8\gamma\le 27/8γ≤27/8. Without this, zeros of ggg need not be equilibria.
  • "Any duopoly equilibrium" is universal. Duopoly may have asymmetric equilibria for γ\gammaγ near the top of the range, so the triopoly leader must beat the smallest zero of g(⋅;2)g(\cdot;2)g(⋅;2) in (0,12](0,\tfrac12](0,21​], not only the symmetric one.
  • The positivity of g(n;3)g(n;3)g(n;3) at duopoly zeros is an inequality between transcendental functions of nnn on a γ\gammaγ-dependent set; the paper checks it numerically. Its margin vanishes as γ\gammaγ approaches 2ln⁡2+432\ln2+\tfrac432ln2+34​ at n=12n=\tfrac12n=21​, and the paper's rewriting γ=f(n,J)\gamma=f(n,J)γ=f(n,J) is 0/00/00/0 exactly there.

Formalization scope

  • Lean namespace NetFeePlatform.Competition. The definitions file Setting declares the Logit demand demand w t j, the profit profit w c γ lam t j (with an interoperability term λγ∑k≠jnk\lambda\gamma\sum_{k\ne j}n^kλγ∑k=j​nk, set to λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 throughout this mission), the global Nash predicate IsEquilibrium, and the diversion ratio; GChar declares g(n;J)g(n;J)g(n;J). Platforms are indexed by Fin J.
  • Committed conventions: one side (S=1S=1S=1), Logit demand, common ccc and γ\gammaγ, no outside option (w=0w=0w=0, literally, not a limit z→−∞z\to-\inftyz→−∞), real-valued net fees with deviations over all of R\mathbb RR.
  • The goal's lower bound is 2ln⁡2+432\ln2+\tfrac432ln2+34​ instead of the printed 2.712.712.71 (see Difficulty and the goal's Formalization Note); the upper bound 27/8=3.37527/8=3.37527/8=3.375 is exact. The goal adds the conjunct "duopoly has an equilibrium", the existence claim of Proposition 2′ in this case, so that "any duopoly equilibrium" is not vacuous.
  • Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: equilibrium is the global Nash condition, never the first-order condition; the comparison quantifies over all duopoly equilibria; the dominant platform's index is existential, not fixed.
  • Out of scope: general (non-Logit) demand and Assumptions A1–A2, S≥2S\ge2S≥2 sides, platform-specific γj\gamma^jγj and cjc^jcj, the microfoundation of Appendix A, Propositions 2, 2′, 3, 5 and 13.
  • Infrastructure: one-variable calculus (derivatives, concavity, the intermediate value theorem, limits) from Mathlib. The Logit derivative and the concavity-based best-response lemma (milestones 1–3) are reusable for any Logit oligopoly with network effects. Contributions of alternative proofs of milestone 7 (interval arithmetic or monotonicity arguments) are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Ekmekci, A. White, L. Wu, Platform Competition and Interoperability: The Net Fee Model, Management Science, 2025 (accepted working-paper version of December 12, 2024). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.02810
  • A. White, E. G. Weyl, Insulated Platform Competition, SSRN working paper, 2016. https://ssrn.com/abstract=1694317
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Economics·Captain: mikedeng1

Endogenous Multihoming and Network Effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or Both? III: Under Partial Multihoming, the Equilibrium Price and Profit Are Hump-Shaped in the Network EffectResearch Paper

Motivation

Video-game consoles, streaming services and messaging apps share two features: users value a platform more when more people use it (network effects), and some users buy access to more than one platform (multihoming). In the standard Hotelling model where every consumer buys exactly one good, network effects intensify competition: a stronger network effect makes demand more price-sensitive, and the equilibrium price t−μt-\mut−μ and profit (t−μ)/2(t-\mu)/2(t−μ)/2 fall in μ\muμ (the paper's single-homing benchmark, §3.1). Foros, Kind and Stähler (SNF Working Paper 16/21, NHH Bergen, 2021; published in Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613) show that this intuition reverses when consumers can multihome: firms then price the incremental value of their good (Kim and Serfes, 2006; Anderson, Foros and Kind, 2017), and the network benefit of the rival's users feeds back into that incremental value.

This mission formalizes the paper's Proposition 3, which describes how the symmetric multihoming equilibrium price and profit respond to the strength of network effects over the whole admissible range. It is the third of three missions on the paper; the first treats weak network effects with asymmetric firms (Proposition 1) and the second the comparison with the no-network-effect benchmark (Proposition 2).

Setting

Two firms i∈{0,1}i\in\{0,1\}i∈{0,1} sit at the ends of a Hotelling line of unit length, populated by a unit mass of consumers, uniformly distributed. A consumer at distance ddd from firm iii pays a mismatch cost t dt\,dtd with t>0t>0t>0. Each good carries eee exclusive features (the same number for both firms in this mission) plus features common to both goods, which cancel from every object below. Buying good iii gives a network benefit μzi\mu z_iμzi​, where μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 is the network-effect strength and ziz_izi​ the expected number of users of good iii; the paper assumes μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1(i)).

A consumer buys a second good when its incremental value exceeds its price. Under fulfilled expectations (zi=xiz_i=x_izi​=xi​), the multihoming demand for good iii at prices (pi,pj)(p_i,p_j)(pi​,pj​) is (14)

xiM(pi,pj)=μt+μ+t e−pit2−μ2−μ e−pjt2−μ2.x_i^M(p_i,p_j)=\frac{\mu}{t+\mu}+t\,\frac{e-p_i}{t^2-\mu^2}-\mu\,\frac{e-p_j}{t^2-\mu^2}.xiM​(pi​,pj​)=t+μμ​+tt2−μ2e−pi​​−μt2−μ2e−pj​​.

Maximizing pi xiMp_i\,x_i^Mpi​xiM​ gives the reaction function (15), piM(pj)=tμ−μ2+te2t+μpj−e2tp_i^M(p_j)=\frac{t\mu-\mu^2+te}{2t}+\mu\frac{p_j-e}{2t}piM​(pj​)=2ttμ−μ2+te​+μ2tpj​−e​, whose symmetric fixed point yields the price and profit (26)

pM(μ)=(t−μ)(μ+e)2t−μ,πM(μ)=t (t−μ) (e+μ)2(t+μ) (2t−μ)2.p^M(\mu)=\frac{(t-\mu)(\mu+e)}{2t-\mu},\qquad \pi^M(\mu)=\frac{t\,(t-\mu)\,(e+\mu)^2}{(t+\mu)\,(2t-\mu)^2}.pM(μ)=2t−μ(t−μ)(μ+e)​,πM(μ)=(t+μ)(2t−μ)2t(t−μ)(e+μ)2​.

In the Lean development these are demandM t μ e pi pj, reactM t μ e pj, pM t μ e and piM t μ e in the namespace Multihoming.Hump. Partial multihoming means that some consumers buy one good and some buy both.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

Assume partial multihoming. Then pMp^MpM and πM\pi^MπM are hump-shaped in μ\muμ on [0,t][0,t][0,t]: there are peaks μ^p,μ^π∈(0,t)\hat\mu_p,\hat\mu_\pi\in(0,t)μ^​p​,μ^​π​∈(0,t) with

pM↗ strictly on [0,μ^p],pM↘ strictly on [μ^p,t],πM↗ strictly on [0,μ^π],πM↘ strictly on [μ^π,t].p^M \nearrow \text{ strictly on } [0,\hat\mu_p],\quad p^M\searrow \text{ strictly on } [\hat\mu_p,t],\qquad \pi^M \nearrow \text{ strictly on } [0,\hat\mu_\pi],\quad \pi^M\searrow \text{ strictly on } [\hat\mu_\pi,t].pM↗ strictly on [0,μ^​p​],pM↘ strictly on [μ^​p​,t],πM↗ strictly on [0,μ^​π​],πM↘ strictly on [μ^​π​,t].

The goal leaves the peaks unnamed; that is the paper's statement.

Milestones

  1. (15) maximizes p xiM(p,pj)p\,x_i^M(p,p_j)pxiM​(p,pj​) over all prices; pMp^MpM is a fixed point of (15), the demand at (pM,pM)(p^M,p^M)(pM,pM) is (25), and πM=pMxM\pi^M=p^M x^MπM=pMxM.
  2. The factorization dπMdμ=2t(e+μ)(e+t)(t+μ)2(2t−μ)3(r1−μ)(r2+μ)\frac{d\pi^M}{d\mu}=\frac{2t(e+\mu)(e+t)}{(t+\mu)^2(2t-\mu)^3}(r_1-\mu)(r_2+\mu)dμdπM​=(t+μ)2(2t−μ)32t(e+μ)(e+t)​(r1​−μ)(r2​+μ) with explicit roots r1,r2r_1,r_2r1​,r2​; their positivity; the identity for r1−tr_1-tr1​−t and the positivity of its numerator; the signs of dπM/dμd\pi^M/d\mudπM/dμ at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and μ=t\mu=tμ=t.
  3. The profit hump with the peak identified as r1r_1r1​, and πM(0)>πM(t)\pi^M(0)>\pi^M(t)πM(0)>πM(t).
  4. The factorization dpMdμ=(2t+t(2t+e)−μ)(2t−t(2t+e)−μ)(2t−μ)2\frac{dp^M}{d\mu}=\frac{(2t+\sqrt{t(2t+e)}-\mu)(2t-\sqrt{t(2t+e)}-\mu)}{(2t-\mu)^2}dμdpM​=(2t−μ)2(2t+t(2t+e)​−μ)(2t−t(2t+e)​−μ)​ and its signs at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and μ=t\mu=tμ=t.

Significance

The result. Proposition 3 says that firms benefit from weak network effects and are harmed by strong ones. As μ→t\mu\to tμ→t the goods become as if undifferentiated, competition for consumers becomes Bertrand-like, and pM→0p^M\to0pM→0; combined with πM(0)>πM(t)\pi^M(0)>\pi^M(t)πM(0)>πM(t) this means firms would prefer a market without network effects once these are strong enough. This non-monotone response is the paper's main qualitative message on pricing under multihoming, and the comparison of Proposition 2 (where the profit curve crosses its μ=0\mu=0μ=0 level) depends on the same shape.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper by sign analysis of explicit derivatives; it has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof certifies the two derivative factorizations, the location of each peak strictly inside (0,t)(0,t)(0,t), and the passage from derivative signs to strict monotonicity on closed intervals that the appendix states in one sentence. It also makes explicit the parameter range on which the statement holds, which the printed proposition leaves to the phrase "partial multihoming".

Difficulty

The derivatives of pMp^MpM and πM\pi^MπM are rational functions whose numerators are quadratics in μ\muμ with square-root roots; showing that exactly one root lies in (0,t)(0,t)(0,t) requires inequalities between square roots and polynomials in t,et,et,e that hold only under 0≤e<2t0\le e<2t0≤e<2t. The appendix asserts "it is straightforward" and "it can be shown" at these steps. A second obstacle is the passage from "the derivative vanishes at one point, is positive at 000 and negative at ttt" to strict monotonicity on each closed piece: this needs the sign of the derivative on the whole open subinterval, not only at the endpoints. Showing only that a maximizer exists on [0,t][0,t][0,t] is trivial for any continuous function and is not the claim.

Formalization scope

  • All parameters are real numbers. Standing assumptions: t>0t>0t>0; μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0; for the demand and reaction function μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1(i)). Assumption 1(ii)–(iii) (market coverage, positive market shares) are not needed by any statement and are not added.
  • "Assume partial multihoming" is pinned as 0≤e<2t0\le e<2t0≤e<2t, the condition the paper's proof uses ("2t−e>02t-e>02t−e>0, which is a necessary condition for partial multihoming"). For e∈(t,2t)e\in(t,2t)e∈(t,2t) the partial-multihoming range e≤(2t2−μ2)/te\le(2t^2-\mu^2)/te≤(2t2−μ2)/t fails for μ\muμ near ttt; like the proof, the statement concerns the closed forms (26) on all of μ∈[0,t]\mu\in[0,t]μ∈[0,t], closed at ttt as the proof evaluates there. Since both functions are continuous at ttt, the statement on [0,t)[0,t)[0,t) is equivalent.
  • The profit πM\pi^MπM is the printed closed form (26), because the demand (14) divides by t2−μ2=0t^2-\mu^2=0t2−μ2=0 at μ=t\mu=tμ=t; a milestone proves πM=pMxM\pi^M=p^M x^MπM=pMxM on [0,t)[0,t)[0,t).
  • The two signs at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 involving πM\pi^MπM need e>0e>0e>0 (at e=0e=0e=0 both dπM/dμ∣0d\pi^M/d\mu|_0dπM/dμ∣0​ and πM(0)−πM(t)\pi^M(0)-\pi^M(t)πM(0)−πM(t) vanish); those milestones carry e>0e>0e>0, the goal does not.
  • "Hump-shaped" is strict increase on [0,μ^][0,\hat\mu][0,μ^​] and strict decrease on [μ^,t][\hat\mu,t][μ^​,t] with μ^\hat\muμ^​ in the open interval (0,t)(0,t)(0,t). A peak at an endpoint, or the mere existence of a maximizer, would trivialize the claim and is ruled out by the statement.
  • Derivatives are two-sided HasDerivAt; all functions are smooth near [0,t][0,t][0,t] under the hypotheses, and every denominator (t+μt+\mut+μ, 2t−μ2t-\mu2t−μ, t2−μ2t^2-\mu^2t2−μ2, e+te+te+t) is positive where it is used, so no statement relies on Lean's convention x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 or x=0\sqrt{x}=0x​=0 for x<0x<0x<0.
  • The derivation of (14) from consumer utilities and the full pricing game (regimes, deviations, equilibrium selection) are not formalized. Proposition 4 of the paper, the equilibrium characterization, is not posed because it is false as printed: a profitable deviation to the single-homing demand branch exists inside the stated range.
  • Only Mathlib calculus (HasDerivAt, strictMonoOn_of_deriv_pos) and real-closed-field arithmetic are needed. Contributions of any milestone, alternative proofs of the hump via the derivative factorizations, and proofs that identify the price peak 2t−t(2t+e)2t-\sqrt{t(2t+e)}2t−t(2t+e)​ explicitly are welcome.

Selected references

  • Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, F. Stähler, Endogenous Multihoming and Network Effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or Both?, SNF Working Paper No. 16/21, NHH Bergen, 2021; Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613
  • H. Kim, K. Serfes, A Location Model with Preference for Variety, Journal of Industrial Economics 54(4), 569–595, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6451.2006.00300.x
  • S. P. Anderson, Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, Product Functionality, Competition, and Multipurchasing, International Economic Review 58(1), 183–210, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/iere.12213
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning 4: The Polyhedral Cone of η-Separated Effective Differences Has Uncertainty Angle at Most arccos(η^(d−1)/d^(3/2))Research Paper

Motivation

In contextual inverse optimization a decision-maker repeatedly faces linear problems min⁡x∈Xtft(x)′c⋆\min_{x\in\mathcal X_t} f_t(x)'c^\starminx∈Xt​​ft​(x)′c⋆ whose cost vector c⋆∈Sdc^\star\in S^dc⋆∈Sd is unknown. After each period it observes an action that an expert who knows c⋆c^\starc⋆ would have taken. Every observation is a set of linear inequalities on c⋆c^\starc⋆, so the costs consistent with the data form a cone, the knowledge set. Besbes, Fonseca and Lobel (arXiv:2106.14015, published in Operations Research, 2025) measure the residual ignorance of such a set by its uncertainty angle, the half-aperture of the narrowest revolution cone containing it, and show that offline regret is governed exactly by this angle.

Online, their algorithms are efficient only when the knowledge set is pointed, i.e. has uncertainty angle below π/2\pi/2π/2. When it is not, the general algorithm of §5 (ProjectedCones) works inside a growing subspace Δt\Delta_tΔt​ spanned by the observations that were sufficiently new. Each time the subspace grows, the algorithm replaces the knowledge set by a polyhedral cone KtK_tKt​ and needs a bound on the uncertainty angle of KtK_tKt​ that depends only on the separation parameter η\etaη and the dimension. Lemma 10 of the paper provides that bound. This mission formalizes it, together with the chain of lemmas in Appendix B on which its proof rests.

Setting

Let Rd\mathbb R^dRd carry the Euclidean inner product c′xc'xc′x and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and let SdS^dSd be its unit sphere. The angle between ccc and c^\hat cc^ is θ(c,c^)=arccos⁡(c′c^/(∥c∥∥c^∥))\theta(c,\hat c)=\arccos\big(c'\hat c/(\|c\|\|\hat c\|)\big)θ(c,c^)=arccos(c′c^/(∥c∥∥c^∥)), with θ=0\theta=0θ=0 when either vector is 000. The uncertainty angle of a set C⊆RdC\subseteq\mathbb R^dC⊆Rd is

α(C)=inf⁡c^∈Sd sup⁡c∈Cθ(c,c^),\alpha(C)=\inf_{\hat c\in S^d}\ \sup_{c\in C}\theta(c,\hat c),α(C)=c^∈Sdinf​ c∈Csup​θ(c,c^),

and a minimizer c^\hat cc^ is a circumcenter of CCC. The circumradius of a cone is μ(K)=sin⁡α(K)\mu(K)=\sin\alpha(K)μ(K)=sinα(K).

For vectors g1,…,gpg_1,\dots,g_pg1​,…,gp​, write Πg1,…,gi−1\Pi_{g_1,\dots,g_{i-1}}Πg1​,…,gi−1​​ for the orthogonal projection onto their span and g−i={gj:j≠i}g_{-i}=\{g_j:j\ne i\}g−i​={gj​:j=i}. The vector gi−ΠS(gi)g_i-\Pi_S(g_i)gi​−ΠS​(gi​) is the residual of regressing gig_igi​ on SSS.

The algorithm's effective differences are unit vectors δ1,δ2,⋯∈Rd\delta_1,\delta_2,\dots\in\mathbb R^dδ1​,δ2​,⋯∈Rd. A difference triggers a subspace update when its residual against the current subspace exceeds η\etaη. The differences δ1,…,δp\delta_1,\dots,\delta_pδ1​,…,δp​ that triggered updates, in order of arrival, therefore satisfy

∥δi−Πδ1,…,δi−1(δi)∥ ≥ η,i=2,…,p.\|\delta_i-\Pi_{\delta_1,\dots,\delta_{i-1}}(\delta_i)\|\ \ge\ \eta,\qquad i=2,\dots,p .∥δi​−Πδ1​,…,δi−1​​(δi​)∥ ≥ η,i=2,…,p.

They span the subspace Δ={∑iγiδi:γi∈R}\Delta=\{\sum_i\gamma_i\delta_i:\gamma_i\in\mathbb R\}Δ={∑i​γi​δi​:γi​∈R}, and the polyhedral cone of (14) is

K={c∈Δ: c′δi≥0, i=1,…,p}.K=\{c\in\Delta:\ c'\delta_i\ge0,\ i=1,\dots,p\}.K={c∈Δ: c′δi​≥0, i=1,…,p}.

Two further cone quantities appear. The simplicial cone of linearly independent g1,…,gp∈Rpg_1,\dots,g_p\in\mathbb R^pg1​,…,gp​∈Rp is cone⁡(g)={∑iαigi:αi≥0}\operatorname{cone}(g)=\{\sum_i\alpha_ig_i:\alpha_i\ge0\}cone(g)={∑i​αi​gi​:αi​≥0}. The inradius of a cone K⊆RpK\subseteq\mathbb R^pK⊆Rp is ρ(K)=max⁡x∈Sp∩Kmin⁡y∈∂K∥x−y∥\rho(K)=\max_{x\in S^p\cap K}\min_{y\in\partial K}\|x-y\|ρ(K)=maxx∈Sp∩K​miny∈∂K​∥x−y∥, and the dual cone is K⋆={c:c′x≥0 ∀x∈K}K^\star=\{c:c'x\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K⋆={c:c′x≥0 ∀x∈K}. With GGG the matrix of columns gig_igi​, λmin⁡(G′G)\lambda_{\min}(G'G)λmin​(G′G) and λmax⁡(G′G)\lambda_{\max}(G'G)λmax​(G′G) are the extreme eigenvalues of the Gram matrix.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10, angle bound (p. 25)

For 0<η≤10<\eta\le10<η≤1, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and unit vectors δ1,…,δp∈Rd\delta_1,\dots,\delta_p\in\mathbb R^dδ1​,…,δp​∈Rd obeying the separation rule,

α(K) ≤ arccos⁡ ⁣(ηd−1d3/2).\alpha(K)\ \le\ \arccos\!\Big(\frac{\eta^{d-1}}{d^{3/2}}\Big).α(K) ≤ arccos(d3/2ηd−1​).

The bound depends on η\etaη and ddd only, not on the number p≤dp\le dp≤d of vectors or their configuration.

Milestones (Appendix B)

  1. Lemma B-4 (App-28). Backward separation implies two-sided separation:
∥gi−Πg−i(gi)∥2 ≥ η2(p−i)(η2)1{i>1},i=1,…,p.\|g_i-\Pi_{g_{-i}}(g_i)\|^2\ \ge\ \eta^{2(p-i)}(\eta^2)^{\mathbf 1\{i>1\}},\qquad i=1,\dots,p.∥gi​−Πg−i​​(gi​)∥2 ≥ η2(p−i)(η2)1{i>1},i=1,…,p.
  1. Lemma B-3 (App-27). With φ=min⁡i∥gi−Πg−i(gi)∥\varphi=\min_i\|g_i-\Pi_{g_{-i}}(g_i)\|φ=mini​∥gi​−Πg−i​​(gi​)∥,
λmax⁡(G′G)λmin⁡(G′G)≤(pφ)2.\frac{\lambda_{\max}(G'G)}{\lambda_{\min}(G'G)}\le\Big(\frac p\varphi\Big)^2 .λmin​(G′G)λmax​(G′G)​≤(φp​)2.
  1. Lemma B-2 (App-25). ρ(cone⁡(g)) ≥ 1pλmin⁡(G′G)λmax⁡(G′G)\displaystyle\rho(\operatorname{cone}(g))\ \ge\ \frac1{\sqrt p}\sqrt{\frac{\lambda_{\min}(G'G)}{\lambda_{\max}(G'G)}}ρ(cone(g)) ≥ p​1​λmax​(G′G)λmin​(G′G)​​.
  2. (B-9) (App-20). μ2(K)+ρ2(K⋆)=1\mu^2(K)+\rho^2(K^\star)=1μ2(K)+ρ2(K⋆)=1, for every closed convex pointed cone K≠{0}K\ne\{0\}K={0}.
  3. (B-8) (App-19). For K={c∈Rp:c′gi≥0}K=\{c\in\mathbb R^p:c'g_i\ge0\}K={c∈Rp:c′gi​≥0} with separated unit gig_igi​,
μ(K)≤1−η2(p−1)/p3.\mu(K)\le\sqrt{1-\eta^{2(p-1)}/p^3}.μ(K)≤1−η2(p−1)/p3​.

Significance

The bound is what makes the subspace stage of ProjectedCones restartable. After each update the algorithm discards its previous ellipsoidal cone and starts afresh from a revolution cone of aperture arccos⁡(ηd−1/d3/2)\arccos(\eta^{d-1}/d^{3/2})arccos(ηd−1/d3/2) around the circumcenter of KtK_tKt​. Lemma 10 guarantees that this cone contains KtK_tKt​, and with it the projected knowledge set, and that it is pointed. The number of later ellipsoid steps grows with the logarithm of the tangent of this aperture, so the shape of the bound enters the paper's regret analysis directly. The lemmas behind it are statements about general vector families: a residual inequality of Frisch–Waugh–Lovell type, a condition-number bound for correlation matrices, an inradius bound for simplicial cones, and the circumradius–inradius duality of Henrion and Seeger. Each is usable outside this paper.

The result is proved on paper; no part of it is formalized. The mission asks for machine-checked proofs of Lemma 10's angle bound and of the five appendix statements. Henrion–Seeger duality is cited, not proved, in the source. Its formalization would be new.

Difficulty

The separation rule controls each new vector only against the earlier ones. A bound on the cone's aperture needs control of each vector against all the others, and later vectors can lie close to the span of an earlier vector together with the remaining ones. The loss compounds, which is where the exponential factor ηd−1\eta^{d-1}ηd−1 comes from. A direct estimate of the circumcenter of KKK is not available in closed form: the circumcenter is the solution of a quadratic program. The natural first attempt, bounding the angle between the circumcenter candidate ∑iδi/∥∑iδi∥\sum_i\delta_i/\|\sum_i\delta_i\|∑i​δi​/∥∑i​δi​∥ and the extreme rays of KKK, requires the extreme rays of KKK, which are the columns of a dual basis whose norms are not controlled by the separation rule alone.

A second difficulty is dimensional. KKK lives in the subspace Δ\DeltaΔ, possibly of dimension p<dp<dp<d, while the uncertainty angle is measured on the sphere of Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The appendix statements are posed in Rp\mathbb R^pRp, in coordinates of Δ\DeltaΔ. Transferring them requires an isometry onto Δ\DeltaΔ that preserves the cone, the angles and the projections.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); families are indexed by Fin p, so all indices are 0-based and Lean's iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1. Projections are Submodule.starProjection onto Submodule.span. The uncertainty angle is a real infimum of real suprema of angles in [0,π][0,\pi][0,π]. The angle at the zero vector is 000, as in the paper, not Mathlib's π/2\pi/2π/2. The inradius is a real supremum of Metric.infDist to the frontier. It equals the paper's maximum on every cone of this mission. The dual cone is the platform's ConvexOptimization.dualCone. Eigenvalue ratios are stated without spectra: Lemma B-3 in the Rayleigh form ∥Gu∥2∥v∥2≤(p/φ)2∥Gv∥2∥u∥2\|Gu\|^2\|v\|^2\le(p/\varphi)^2\|Gv\|^2\|u\|^2∥Gu∥2∥v∥2≤(p/φ)2∥Gv∥2∥u∥2, and Lemma B-2 with arbitrary bracket constants ℓmin⁡∥u∥2≤∥Gu∥2≤ℓmax⁡∥u∥2\ell_{\min}\|u\|^2\le\|Gu\|^2\le\ell_{\max}\|u\|^2ℓmin​∥u∥2≤∥Gu∥2≤ℓmax​∥u∥2. Both forms are equivalent to the printed ones.

Conventions and pins:

  • The separation rule is "residual ≥η\ge\eta≥η", the form of (B-14). The algorithm's strict ">η>\eta>η" is a special case, so the goal is stronger than the page needs. The first vector carries no condition.
  • Lemma 10's inclusion ΠΔt(C(It))⊆Kt\Pi_{\Delta_t}(C(\mathcal I_t))\subseteq K_tΠΔt​​(C(It​))⊆Kt​ is not posed: it concerns the algorithm's run. The polynomial-time computation of the circumcenter is not posed either: it is a complexity claim. "For every period ttt" becomes "for every family δ\deltaδ obeying the separation rule"; p=0p=0p=0 is the first period, with K={0}K=\{0\}K={0}.
  • d≥2d\ge2d≥2 is the paper's standing assumption (§2), and d3/2d^{3/2}d3/2 is the real power.
  • Lemma B-3 as printed takes φ\varphiφ as the minimum over i=2,…,pi=2,\dots,pi=2,…,p only. With that minimum the bound is false. The printed proof bounds every i=1,…,pi=1,\dots,pi=1,…,p, and the proof of Lemma 10 applies it so. The minimum over all iii is stated.
  • (B-9) is stated on the page for every closed convex cone. It is posed for every closed convex pointed cone K≠{0}K\ne\{0\}K={0} in Rp\mathbb R^pRp: App-19 defines μ(K)=sin⁡α(K)\mu(K)=\sin\alpha(K)μ(K)=sinα(K) for pointed cones, and K={0}K=\{0\}K={0} is excluded because its dual Rp\mathbb R^pRp has empty boundary.
  • Lemmas B-3 and B-4 are posed in Rm\mathbb R^mRm for every mmm, which is equivalent to the page's Rp\mathbb R^pRp. Lemma B-4 assumes no range for η\etaη, since only η2\eta^2η2 and even powers occur.

The cone in the goal is intersected with Δ\DeltaΔ. A formalization of KKK as {c∈Rd:c′δi≥0}\{c\in\mathbb R^d:c'\delta_i\ge0\}{c∈Rd:c′δi​≥0} would be false for p<dp<dp<d (that set contains a line, so α≥π/2\alpha\ge\pi/2α≥π/2). A separation hypothesis that does not exclude nearly collinear vectors would make the bound unobtainable, and one that is never satisfiable would make it empty. The sanity check in the drafting workspace exhibits the hypotheses at p=d=2p=d=2p=d=2, η=1\eta=1η=1.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; the passage from Rp\mathbb R^pRp to the subspace Δ⊆Rd\Delta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΔ⊆Rd (an isometry lemma for cones and angles); Gram-matrix facts (the inverse correlation matrix diagonal aii=1/(1−Ri2)a_{ii}=1/(1-R_i^2)aii​=1/(1−Ri2​)) as reusable lemmas.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes, Y. Fonseca, I. Lobel, Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning, arXiv:2106.14015v3, 2023 (the version formalized; published in Operations Research, 2025). https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14015
  • R. Henrion, A. Seeger, Inradius and circumradius of various convex cones arising in applications, Set-Valued and Variational Analysis 18, 483–511, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-010-0150-z
  • M. C. Lovell, A simple proof of the FWL theorem, Journal of Economic Education 39(1), 88–91, 2008. https://doi.org/10.3200/JECE.39.1.88-91
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Economics·Captain: mikedeng1

Endogenous Multihoming and Network Effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or Both? II: Under Partial Multihoming, Network Effects Raise the Price iff e < 2(t − μ) and the Profit iff e < e_πResearch Paper

Motivation

Many network goods are bought in more than one variety at once. Gamers own both a PlayStation and an Xbox, households subscribe to several streaming services, and users keep accounts on competing social networks. A consumer who multihomes pays twice but enjoys the exclusive content of both products and the network of both user bases. Much of the literature on competition with network effects, starting with Katz and Shapiro (1985) and Farrell and Saloner (1985), assumes that every consumer buys exactly one product. In the paper's own single-homing benchmark (a Hotelling duopoly with network effects), equilibrium prices and profits are strictly decreasing in the strength of the network effect.

Foros, Kind and Stähler (SNF Working Paper 16/21, 2021; published in Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613) let consumers choose endogenously between buying one good and buying both. Without network effects, multihoming makes prices strategically independent (Kim and Serfes, 2006; Anderson, Foros and Kind, 2017), since a consumer's purchase of one good does not depend on the price of the other. Once some consumers multihome and network effects are present, the comparison flips for a range of parameters: network effects make prices strategic complements and can raise both prices and profits. This mission formalizes the paper's Proposition 2, which says exactly when network effects raise the equilibrium price and the equilibrium profit, compared with a market without them.

Setting

Two firms i∈{0,1}i\in\{0,1\}i∈{0,1} sit at the ends of a Hotelling line of unit length, on which a unit mass of consumers is spread uniformly. A consumer at xxx who buys good iii pays a mismatch cost t ∣Xi−x∣t\,|X_i-x|t∣Xi​−x∣, with X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, X1=1X_1=1X1​=1 and t>0t>0t>0. Good iii has exclusive features worth eie_iei​, and buying it yields a network benefit μzi\mu z_iμzi​, where μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 is the strength of the network effect and ziz_izi​ the expected number of buyers of good iii. Throughout, μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1 (i) of the paper). Marginal costs are zero.

When some consumers buy both goods and expectations are fulfilled (zi=xiz_i=x_izi​=xi​), the demand for good iii at prices (pi,pj)(p_i,p_j)(pi​,pj​) is the multihoming demand

xiM(pi,pj)=μt+μ+t ei−pit2−μ2−μ ej−pjt2−μ2.(14)x_i^M(p_i,p_j)=\frac{\mu}{t+\mu}+t\,\frac{e_i-p_i}{t^2-\mu^2}-\mu\,\frac{e_j-p_j}{t^2-\mu^2}. \tag{14}xiM​(pi​,pj​)=t+μμ​+tt2−μ2ei​−pi​​−μt2−μ2ej​−pj​​.(14)

Maximizing pi xiM(pi,pj)p_i\,x_i^M(p_i,p_j)pi​xiM​(pi​,pj​) over pip_ipi​ gives the reaction function piM(pj)=tμ−μ2+tei2t+μ pj−ej2tp_i^M(p_j)=\dfrac{t\mu-\mu^2+te_i}{2t}+\mu\,\dfrac{p_j-e_j}{2t}piM​(pj​)=2ttμ−μ2+tei​​+μ2tpj​−ej​​, (15).

This mission treats symmetric firms, e0=e1=ee_0=e_1=ee0​=e1​=e. The symmetric fixed point of (15) is the price pMp^MpM, and the profit is πM=pM xiM(pM,pM)\pi^M=p^M\,x^M_i(p^M,p^M)πM=pMxiM​(pM,pM):

pM=(t−μ)(μ+e)2t−μ,πM=t (t−μ)(e+μ)2(t+μ)(2t−μ)2.(26)p^M=\frac{(t-\mu)(\mu+e)}{2t-\mu},\qquad \pi^M=\frac{t\,(t-\mu)(e+\mu)^2}{(t+\mu)(2t-\mu)^2}. \tag{26}pM=2t−μ(t−μ)(μ+e)​,πM=(t+μ)(2t−μ)2t(t−μ)(e+μ)2​.(26)

Some consumers multihome and some singlehome exactly when eee lies in the partial-multihoming range [e‾,e‾][\underline e,\overline e][e​,e], with

e‾=(t−μ)(2t+μ)2t,e‾=2t2−μ2t.(24)\underline e=\frac{(t-\mu)(2t+\mu)}{2t},\qquad \overline e=\frac{2t^2-\mu^2}{t}. \tag{24}e​=2t(t−μ)(2t+μ)​,e=t2t2−μ2​.(24)

The comparison benchmark "without network effects" is the same model at μ=0\mu=0μ=0, where pM=e/2p^M=e/2pM=e/2 and πM=e2/(4t)\pi^M=e^2/(4t)πM=e2/(4t). The two thresholds of the result are

ep=2(t−μ),eπ=4t2(t−μ)+2t(2t−μ)t2−μ24t2−3tμ+μ2.e_p=2(t-\mu),\qquad e_\pi=\frac{4t^2(t-\mu)+2t(2t-\mu)\sqrt{t^2-\mu^2}}{4t^2-3t\mu+\mu^2}.ep​=2(t−μ),eπ​=4t2−3tμ+μ24t2(t−μ)+2t(2t−μ)t2−μ2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

For t>0t>0t>0, 0<μ<t0<\mu<t0<μ<t and e∈[e‾,e‾]e\in[\underline e,\overline e]e∈[e​,e]:

e<ep⇒pM(0)<pM(μ),e>ep⇒pM(μ)<pM(0),e<e_p\Rightarrow p^M(0)<p^M(\mu),\qquad e>e_p\Rightarrow p^M(\mu)<p^M(0),e<ep​⇒pM(0)<pM(μ),e>ep​⇒pM(μ)<pM(0), e<eπ⇒πM(0)<πM(μ),e>eπ⇒πM(μ)<πM(0),ep<eπ.e<e_\pi\Rightarrow \pi^M(0)<\pi^M(\mu),\qquad e>e_\pi\Rightarrow \pi^M(\mu)<\pi^M(0),\qquad e_p<e_\pi .e<eπ​⇒πM(0)<πM(μ),e>eπ​⇒πM(μ)<πM(0),ep​<eπ​.

Milestones

  1. The symmetric price is the fixed point of (15), no unilateral price change along (14) raises profit, and demand and profit take the closed forms (25)–(26).
  2. The price comparison: pM(μ)<pM(0)p^M(\mu)<p^M(0)pM(μ)<pM(0) if and only if e>epe>e_pe>ep​.
  3. The profit comparison of Appendix A1: πM(μ)>πM(0)\pi^M(\mu)>\pi^M(0)πM(μ)>πM(0) if e<eπe<e_\pie<eπ​, and the reverse if e>eπe>e_\pie>eπ​ (for e≥0e\ge 0e≥0).
  4. The identity for e‾−eπ\overline e-e_\pie−eπ​, the positivity of 4t2−3tμ+μ24t^2-3t\mu+\mu^24t2−3tμ+μ2 (footnote 19), and eπ<e‾e_\pi<\overline eeπ​<e.
  5. The identity for eπ−epe_\pi-e_peπ​−ep​ and ep<eπe_p<e_\piep​<eπ​.
  6. The identity for ep−e‾e_p-\underline eep​−e​ and e‾<ep\underline e<e_pe​<ep​.

Milestones 4–6 together give e‾<ep<eπ<e‾\underline e<e_p<e_\pi<\overline ee​<ep​<eπ​<e, so both thresholds lie inside the partial-multihoming range and every branch of the goal is attained.

Significance

Proposition 2 is the paper's answer to whether network effects help or hurt competing firms once consumers can buy both products. In the single-homing benchmark they always hurt. With partial multihoming, network effects raise prices when exclusive content is scarce (e<epe<e_pe<ep​) and raise profits on the wider range e<eπe<e_\pie<eπ​; in between, on (ep,eπ)(e_p,e_\pi)(ep​,eπ​), prices fall but larger sales more than compensate. The thresholds indicate when a firm benefits from stronger network effects, a question the paper's conclusion raises for technology choice.

The result is proved in the paper by hand algebra. This mission produces machine-checked statements of every display of the proof in Appendix A1, first half, in the paper's exact closed forms. Nothing in this model has been formalized before.

Difficulty

The price comparison is a sign check on a rational function. The profit comparison is not: πM(μ)−πM(0)\pi^M(\mu)-\pi^M(0)πM(μ)−πM(0) is a quadratic in eee whose positive root involves t2−μ2\sqrt{t^2-\mu^2}t2−μ2​, and placing that root relative to epe_pep​ and e‾\overline ee requires comparisons such as μ3−tμ2+2t3>2t2t2−μ2\mu^3-t\mu^2+2t^3>2t^2\sqrt{t^2-\mu^2}μ3−tμ2+2t3>2t2t2−μ2​. Squaring is valid only once both sides are known to be nonnegative, a fact the paper uses without stating, and the comparisons degenerate to equalities at μ=0\mu=0μ=0, so every strict inequality depends on μ>0\mu>0μ>0. A naive approach that clears denominators without tracking their signs, or that squares without checking signs, proves nothing.

Formalization scope

All parameters are real numbers; ttt, μ\muμ, eee are explicit arguments. The standing assumptions are explicit hypotheses: t>0t>0t>0, μ<t\mu<tμ<t (Assumption 1 (i)), and μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, strengthened to μ>0\mu>0μ>0 wherever a strict comparison with the case without network effects is made. The overlapping features ooo cancel from every object and are not a parameter. Assumption 1 (ii)–(iii) (market coverage, positive market shares) is not needed by any statement and is not added.

The model's demand is (14), the multihoming demand under fulfilled expectations; its derivation from consumer choice, and the full pricing game with its single-homing regime and deviations, are not formalized. The profit is defined as price times demand (14), not as the closed form (26), which is a milestone. "Assume partial multihoming" is the parameter range e∈[e‾,e‾]e\in[\underline e,\overline e]e∈[e​,e]. Proposition 4, the paper's equilibrium characterization, is not posed, because it is false as printed (a profitable deviation exists inside its stated range). Milestone 3 adds e≥0e\ge0e≥0, since the quadratic in eee also has a negative root. The paper's milestone sentences give one direction ("lower if e>epe>e_pe>ep​", "larger if e<eπe<e_\pie<eπ​"); the companion directions that Proposition 2 asserts are posed too.

The thresholds are the printed closed forms with Real.sqrt: eπe_\pieπ​ is never defined as "the root of πM(μ)=πM(0)\pi^M(\mu)=\pi^M(0)πM(μ)=πM(0)", which would make the profit threshold true by definition, and epe_pep​ is the literal 2(t−μ)2(t-\mu)2(t−μ). Every denominator is positive under 0≤μ<t0\le\mu<t0≤μ<t, and those hypotheses are kept so that no conclusion relies on Lean's division by zero or on the square root of a negative number.

Needed: real-field algebra, Real.sqrt monotonicity and squaring lemmas, and sign analysis of quadratics. No measure theory or game-theoretic library is needed. Contributions of any milestone, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, F. Stähler, Endogenous multihoming and network effects: PlayStation, Xbox, or both?, SNF Working Paper No. 16/21, NHH Bergen, 2021; Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.00613
  • J. Farrell, G. Saloner, Standardization, compatibility, and innovation, RAND Journal of Economics 16(1), 1985. https://doi.org/10.2307/2555589
  • M. L. Katz, C. Shapiro, Network externalities, competition, and compatibility, American Economic Review 75(3), 1985. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1814809
  • S. P. Anderson, Ø. Foros, H. J. Kind, Product functionality, competition, and multipurchasing, International Economic Review 58(1), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/iere.12213
  • H. Kim, K. Serfes, A location model with preference for variety, Journal of Industrial Economics 54(4), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6451.2006.00300.x
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Intersectionality: Affirmative Action with Multidimensional Identities 1: For Generic Score Distributions No Nonintersectional Policy Yields a Representative Outcome but an Intersectional One DoesResearch Paper

Motivation

Affirmative action policies are usually designed reductively: one adjustment for women, another for a racial minority, a third for applicants from low-income families. An applicant who belongs to several categories gets the combined adjustments. A long literature in sociology and law, beginning with Crenshaw's account of intersectionality (1989), argues that people at the intersection of several disadvantaged categories (for instance Black women) can stay underrepresented even when every single category is proportionally represented. Carvalho, Pradelski and Williams, Intersectionality: Affirmative Action with Multidimensional Identities (Management Science, 2025), give this debate a decision-theoretic model. They ask whether any policy that treats identity dimensions independently can achieve proportional representation of every intersectional group.

Their first main result answers that question for a general class of score adjustments and for generic score distributions. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 1, together with the lemmas its proof uses.

Setting

A decision maker admits a share α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) of a unit-mass pool of applicants. Each applicant has a score xxx in an interval X⊂RX \subset \mathbb{R}X⊂R and an identity g=(g1,…,gn)∈G={0,1}ng = (g_1,\dots,g_n) \in G = \{0,1\}^ng=(g1​,…,gn​)∈G={0,1}n, with n≥2n \ge 2n≥2. Category iii is the set of identities with gi=1g_i = 1gi​=1. Write 0\mathbf 00 and 1\mathbf 11 for the vectors of zeros and ones and eie_iei​ for the iii-th basis vector. The identity ggg equals g′+g′′g' + g''g′+g′′ when the sum is computed coordinatewise in the integers.

The population is a probability measure ppp on X×GX \times GX×G, with marginal masses p(g)=p(X×{g})p(g) = p(X \times \{g\})p(g)=p(X×{g}). The space PPP consists of those ppp whose conditional score laws Fg=p(⋅∣g)F_g = p(\cdot \mid g)Fg​=p(⋅∣g) are continuous (atomless) and have full support on XXX. PPP carries the relative weak∗^*∗ topology, the topology of weak convergence of probability measures.

A policy family QQQ is a set of strictly increasing bijections X→XX \to XX→X that is rich (for all x,y∈Xx, y \in Xx,y∈X some q∈Qq \in Qq∈Q has q(x)=yq(x) = yq(x)=y) and commutative (q∘q′=q′∘qq \circ q' = q' \circ qq∘q′=q′∘q). Additive shifts x↦x+δx \mapsto x + \deltax↦x+δ on X=RX = \mathbb{R}X=R are an example. A policy assigns to each identity a map qg∈Qq_g \in Qqg​∈Q. Given a threshold x∗∈Xx^* \in Xx∗∈X, an applicant of group ggg is accepted when qg(x)≥x∗q_g(x) \ge x^*qg​(x)≥x∗, subject to the capacity constraint

∑g∈GPr⁡(qg(x)≥x∗∣g) p(g)=α.\sum_{g \in G} \Pr(q_g(x) \ge x^* \mid g)\, p(g) = \alpha .g∈G∑​Pr(qg​(x)≥x∗∣g)p(g)=α.

The accepted share of ggg is p^(g)\hat p(g)p^​(g), the fraction of the accepted who belong to ggg. The outcome is representative if p^(g)=p(g)\hat p(g) = p(g)p^​(g)=p(g) for every ggg (Definition 2). A policy is nonintersectional if g=g′+g′′g = g' + g''g=g′+g′′ implies qg=qg′∘qg′′q_g = q_{g'} \circ q_{g''}qg​=qg′​∘qg′′​, and intersectional otherwise (Definition 1). Nonintersectional policies are the reductive ones: qgq_gqg​ is the composition of the maps qeiq_{e_i}qei​​ over the categories iii that ggg belongs to.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

A property is generic in PPP if it holds on a dense open subset of PPP. Theorem 1 states: there is a dense open U⊆PU \subseteq PU⊆P such that for every p∈Up \in Up∈U,

(a) no nonintersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p,\text{(a) no nonintersectional policy in } Q^{|G|} \text{ yields a representative outcome at } p,(a) no nonintersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p, (b) some intersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p.\text{(b) some intersectional policy in } Q^{|G|} \text{ yields a representative outcome at } p.(b) some intersectional policy in Q∣G∣ yields a representative outcome at p.

"Yields a representative outcome" means that some threshold x∗∈Xx^* \in Xx∗∈X satisfies the capacity constraint at level α\alphaα and gives p^(g)=p(g)\hat p(g) = p(g)p^​(g)=p(g) for every ggg. Nothing about QQQ is fixed beyond richness and commutativity, and nothing about ppp beyond membership in PPP.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1(a)–(e) (p. 22). Every q∈Qq \in Qq∈Q is continuous. For each pair x,yx, yx,y exactly one element of QQQ maps xxx to yyy. QQQ contains the identity, is closed under composition, and contains inverses.
  2. Displays (1)–(2) (p. 10). When every p(g)>0p(g) > 0p(g)>0, (q,x∗)(q, x^*)(q,x∗) is representative if and only if qg(βg)=x∗q_g(\beta_g) = x^*qg​(βg​)=x∗ for all ggg, where βg=Fg−1(1−α)\beta_g = F_g^{-1}(1-\alpha)βg​=Fg−1​(1−α).
  3. The β1\beta_{\mathbf 1}β1​ identity (p. 10). A representative nonintersectional policy forces x∗=β0x^* = \beta_{\mathbf 0}x∗=β0​ and qei(βei)=β0q_{e_i}(\beta_{e_i}) = \beta_{\mathbf 0}qei​​(βei​​)=β0​. It also forces β1=(qen−1∘⋯∘qe1−1)(β0)\beta_{\mathbf 1} = (q_{e_n}^{-1} \circ \cdots \circ q_{e_1}^{-1})(\beta_{\mathbf 0})β1​=(qen​−1​∘⋯∘qe1​−1​)(β0​).
  4. Lemma 2 (p. 23). For n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, the set of p∈Pp \in Pp∈P with every p(g)>0p(g) > 0p(g)>0 on which that identity fails is open and dense in PPP.
  5. Part (b) construction (p. 10). For every p∈Pp \in Pp∈P and every threshold there is a policy in Q∣G∣Q^{|G|}Q∣G∣ satisfying (2) whose outcome is representative.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 separates two classes of policy. The reductive class, which covers the way most affirmative action programmes are written, cannot generically deliver proportional representation of intersectional groups, however its category-wise adjustments are tuned. A policy that adjusts each intersectional group separately can. The negative part holds for every rich commutative family, not only for additive or multiplicative adjustments, so the impossibility does not come from a particular functional form. The later results of the paper build on this one. They measure how badly reductive policies fail, give the nongeneric conditions under which they succeed (Proposition 3, which is the subject of the companion mission), and treat imperfectly intersectional policies.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. A formalization has to make several things precise:

  • the weak∗^*∗ topology on the constrained space PPP;
  • the passage from representativeness to quantile conditions;
  • the continuity of quantiles under weak convergence;
  • the group structure that commutativity and richness impose on QQQ.

The paper's proof of Lemma 2 also concludes with a formula valid only for the additive family (p. 23), so a complete formal proof would supply the missing argument for a general QQQ.

Difficulty

Part (b) and the necessary conditions behind part (a) follow from the definitions. The hard step is genericity (Lemma 2). Openness requires the quantiles βg\beta_gβg​ to depend continuously on ppp in the weak∗^*∗ topology. It also requires the map (βg)g↦(qen−1∘⋯∘qe1−1)(β0)(\beta_g)_g \mapsto (q_{e_n}^{-1} \circ \cdots \circ q_{e_1}^{-1})(\beta_{\mathbf 0})(βg​)g​↦(qen​−1​∘⋯∘qe1​−1​)(β0​) to be continuous, where each qeiq_{e_i}qei​​ is itself determined by βei\beta_{e_i}βei​​ and β0\beta_{\mathbf 0}β0​. The obvious argument writes this map as an explicit formula, ∑iβei−(n−1)β0\sum_i \beta_{e_i} - (n-1)\beta_{\mathbf 0}∑i​βei​​−(n−1)β0​, and that formula holds only for additive shifts. For a general rich commutative family, continuity of the transport map (x,y)↦qx→y(x, y) \mapsto q_{x \to y}(x,y)↦qx→y​ must come from the structure of QQQ as a group of homeomorphisms of an interval acting freely and transitively. Density requires perturbing the law of group 1\mathbf 11 while keeping the perturbation inside PPP. This is where n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 enters: for n=1n = 1n=1, 1=e1\mathbf 1 = e_11=e1​ and there is nothing to perturb independently.

Formalization scope

The Lean development fixes the following conventions.

  • Scores. Scores live in the subtype ↑X\uparrow X↑X of an order-connected, nonempty set X⊆RX \subseteq \mathbb{R}X⊆R.
  • Identities. Identities are Boolean vectors Fin n → Bool, and g=g′+g′′g = g' + g''g=g′+g′′ is checked coordinatewise on Bool.toNat.
  • Distributions. Distributions are ProbabilityMeasures on ↑X×G\uparrow X \times G↑X×G, whose Mathlib topology is that of weak convergence. PPP is the subtype of measures for which every group of positive mass has no atoms and positive mass on every nonempty open subinterval of XXX.
  • Convention C1. Groups with p(g)=0p(g) = 0p(g)=0 are unconstrained. The page is silent on them, and the paper's proofs need such ppp in PPP.
  • Policy maps. "Increasing" is strict monotonicity.
  • Representativeness. Representativeness always includes the capacity constraint at the given α\alphaα. Acceptance probabilities appear as the joint masses Pr⁡(qg(x)≥x∗∣g) p(g)\Pr(q_g(x) \ge x^* \mid g)\,p(g)Pr(qg​(x)≥x∗∣g)p(g).
  • Genericity. "Generic" is existence of a set that is open and dense in the subtype PPP, with both parts (a) and (b) holding on that one set.
  • Milestone-only objects. Quantiles βg\beta_gβg​ and the transport maps appear only in milestones, which carry p(g)>0p(g) > 0p(g)>0 wherever a quantile is used.

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out:

  • PPP is nonempty and rich commutative families exist (both checked in a sorry-free sanity file), so the goal is not vacuous;
  • representation is not weakened to "every group accepted at a common rate", because the capacity constraint fixes the rate to α\alphaα;
  • openness and density are not taken in the ambient space of probability measures;
  • policies are required to take values in QQQ.

A complete development needs:

  • the structure theory of rich commutative families (Lemma 1, in effect Hölder's theorem for free transitive actions on an interval);
  • continuity of quantiles of conditional laws under weak convergence;
  • a perturbation argument inside PPP.

The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and proofs of the quantile-continuity facts as standalone lemmas are especially useful.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Carvalho, B. S. R. Pradelski and C. Williams, Intersectionality: Affirmative Action with Multidimensional Identities, Management Science 71(5), 2025; author manuscript hal-04788142v1. https://hal.science/hal-04788142v1
  • K. Crenshaw, Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex, University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1989. https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/uclf/vol1989/iss1/8
  • C. D. Aliprantis and K. C. Border, Infinite Dimensional Analysis, 3rd ed., Springer, 2006 (topologies on spaces of measures, Chapters 2 and 15). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-29587-9
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment I: With Unregulated Leverage the Optimal Date-0 Rate Is at Most R and Date-0 Investment Falls Strictly Short of the First-BestResearch Paper

Monetary easing when firms can pay out borrowed funds

Low policy rates are meant to stimulate corporate investment. Acharya and Plantin document that in the low-rate decade after the 2008 crisis, U.S. firms used much of their new borrowing for share buybacks and dividends rather than for investment: leveraged payouts. Their paper (SSRN 3484935; Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01440) builds a model in which this is a rational response to cheap funding and in which it limits what monetary easing can achieve. When the market rate is below the shareholders' own discount rate, a firm borrows against its future output to pay its owners today. The owners then keep a smaller stake in the firm's success and exert less effort. A central bank that cuts rates to raise employment therefore also lowers the productivity of the firms it is trying to help.

This mission formalizes the paper's Proposition 11: when leverage is not regulated, no choice of date-0 interest rate reaches the efficient allocation, and the best rate leaves investment strictly below its first-best level.

The date-0 economy

There is one consumption good. Entrepreneurs discount date-1 consumption at a rate R>1R>1R>1. An entrepreneur who hires lll units of labour at date 0 obtains f(l)f(l)f(l) units at date 1 with probability eee and nothing otherwise. The effort eee costs her e2f(l)/(2Rπ)e^2 f(l)/(2R\pi)e2f(l)/(2Rπ) privately, where π∈(0,1)\pi\in(0,1)π∈(0,1) is an effort-cost parameter (not the circle constant). Workers own a technology that turns yyy units of labour into g(y)g(y)g(y) units of the good at once; each young worker supplies one unit of labour. Both fff and ggg satisfy the Inada conditions: they vanish at 000, are strictly increasing and strictly concave, with marginal products going from +∞+\infty+∞ at 0+0^+0+ to 000 at +∞+\infty+∞; fff is twice continuously differentiable.

In the laissez-faire steady state, labour l∗l^*l∗ in the capital-good sector and the wage w∗w^*w∗ solve

π2Rf′(l∗)=g′(1−l∗)=w∗.(20)\frac{\pi}{2R}f'(l^*)=g'(1-l^*)=w^*. \qquad (20)2Rπ​f′(l∗)=g′(1−l∗)=w∗.(20)

At date 0 the workers' technology is hit by a shock ρ∈(0,1)\rho\in(0,1)ρ∈(0,1) and becomes ρg\rho gρg. The efficient date-0 labour lρl_\rholρ​ then solves πf′(lρ)/(2R)=ρ g′(1−lρ)\pi f'(l_\rho)/(2R)=\rho\,g'(1-l_\rho)πf′(lρ​)/(2R)=ρg′(1−lρ​), and lρ>l∗l_\rho>l^*lρ​>l∗. The wage, however, is downward rigid: it cannot fall below w∗w^*w∗ at date 0.

The central bank sets the date-0 rate r>0r>0r>0. An entrepreneur facing rrr retains a stake xxx in her output, and her effort is e=πxe=\pi xe=πx. Writing rˉ(r)=min⁡{r;R}\bar r(r)=\min\{r;R\}rˉ(r)=min{r;R}, she chooses

x=R2R−rˉ(r),e(r)=πR2R−rˉ(r),πRf′(l(r))2(2R−rˉ(r))=r w∗,x=\frac{R}{2R-\bar r(r)},\qquad e(r)=\frac{\pi R}{2R-\bar r(r)},\qquad \frac{\pi R f'(l(r))}{2(2R-\bar r(r))}=r\,w^*,x=2R−rˉ(r)R​,e(r)=2R−rˉ(r)πR​,2(2R−rˉ(r))πRf′(l(r))​=rw∗,

so that for r<Rr<Rr<R she pays out part of her future output (x<1x<1x<1) and her effort falls below π\piπ. The date-0 social surplus is

Σρ(r)=(e(r)−e(r)22π)f(l(r))R+ρ g(1−l(r)).(59)\Sigma_\rho(r)=\Big(e(r)-\frac{e(r)^2}{2\pi}\Big)\frac{f(l(r))}{R}+\rho\,g(1-l(r)). \qquad (59)Σρ​(r)=(e(r)−2πe(r)2​)Rf(l(r))​+ρg(1−l(r)).(59)

A rate rur_uru​ is optimal if it maximizes Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ over all rates r>0r>0r>0 at which the labour demand l(r)≤1l(r)\le 1l(r)≤1 is feasible.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 11, points 1–2

An optimal date-0 rate exists, and every optimal rate rur_uru​ with labour lul_ulu​ satisfies

ru≤R,lu<lρ,Σρ(ru)<πf(lρ)2R+ρ g(1−lρ).r_u\le R,\qquad l_u<l_\rho,\qquad \Sigma_\rho(r_u)<\frac{\pi f(l_\rho)}{2R}+\rho\,g(1-l_\rho).ru​≤R,lu​<lρ​,Σρ​(ru​)<2Rπf(lρ​)​+ρg(1−lρ​).

The right-hand side is the first-best date-0 surplus, which regulated leverage attains (Proposition 10 of the paper).

Milestones

  1. The incentive constraint e=arg⁡max⁡y{xy−y2/(2π)}e=\arg\max_y\{xy-y^2/(2\pi)\}e=argmaxy​{xy−y2/(2π)} holds exactly when e=πxe=\pi xe=πx.
  2. Proposition 2: the firm's choice of xxx, eee and investment in the partial-equilibrium model, for every r>0r>0r>0.
  3. (33)–(35): the unregulated date-0 entrepreneur's choice for r0<Rr_0<Rr0​<R.
  4. e(r)e(r)e(r) is increasing and l(r)l(r)l(r) is decreasing in rrr.
  5. lρ>l∗l_\rho>l^*lρ​>l∗, and the flexible wage ρg′(1−lρ)\rho g'(1-l_\rho)ρg′(1−lρ​) is below w∗w^*w∗.
  6. At lρl_\rholρ​, the marginal social value of labour is negative when e<πe<\pie<π.
  7. (60): Σρ′(r^)>0\Sigma_\rho'(\hat r)>0Σρ′​(r^)>0 at the rate r^\hat rr^ with l(r^)=lρl(\hat r)=l_\rhol(r^)=lρ​.

Significance

Proposition 11 is the paper's central negative result. With a rigid wage and a productivity shock, a lower rate raises employment, which is what the central bank wants, but with unregulated leverage it also lowers effort through leveraged payouts. The proposition shows that the second effect always binds before employment reaches its efficient level, so the welfare loss from the shock cannot be undone by monetary policy alone. Prudential regulation of leverage is the missing instrument (Proposition 10). Proposition 12, the subject of a companion mission, builds on the same model to show that small shocks call for no rate cut at all.

The result is proved in the paper, in a short argument in Appendix B. As far as we know it has no machine-checked proof. The formalization makes the existence of an optimal rate, which the paper takes for granted, an explicit claim, and it settles the planner's choice over all rates, including rates above RRR.

Difficulty

The obvious argument differentiates Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ at the rate where l(r)=lρl(r)=l_\rhol(r)=lρ​ and reads off the sign. That shows only that Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ is increasing at one point. To conclude that every optimum has lu<lρl_u<l_\rholu​<lρ​, the sign of the derivative must hold on the whole range of rates where l(r)≥lρl(r)\ge l_\rhol(r)≥lρ​, including the lower end, where labour reaches the endowment bound l=1l=1l=1 and g′(1−l)g'(1-l)g′(1−l) blows up. Existence of an optimum needs continuity of the labour response, which is defined only implicitly through the inverse of f′f'f′, and control of the surplus for rates above RRR, where the firm's behaviour changes regime.

Formalization scope

All objects live in LeveragedPayouts.Unregulated. The economy is a structure Economy with fields R,π,f,g,l∗,w∗R,\pi,f,g,l^*,w^*R,π,f,g,l∗,w∗, the conditions R>1R>1R>1, π∈(0,1)\pi\in(0,1)π∈(0,1), the Inada conditions for fff (with C2C^2C2 and f′′<0f''<0f′′<0) and for ggg (C1C^1C1, g′g'g′ strictly decreasing), l∗∈(0,1)l^*\in(0,1)l∗∈(0,1) and (20). The first-best labour lρl_\rholρ​ is a parameter with its defining equation and 0<lρ<10<l_\rho<10<lρ​<1; these determine it uniquely. Derivatives are Mathlib's deriv, used only where the Inada conditions give differentiability.

Conventions committed to:

  • The rate ranges over all r>0r>0r>0. For r≥Rr\ge Rr≥R the firm's response is Proposition 2 with rˉ(r)=R\bar r(r)=Rrˉ(r)=R, so ru≤Rr_u\le Rru​≤R is a conclusion, not an assumption. The paper's proof restricts to "r≤1r\le 1r≤1", a misprint for r≤Rr\le Rr≤R.
  • Labour demand requires 0<l≤10<l\le 10<l≤1 (the endowment of the young workers).
  • Optimality is global, over every feasible pair (r,l)(r,l)(r,l); existence of an optimum is part of the goal, so the statement is not vacuous.
  • "Welfare is strictly lower than when leverage is regulated" is stated against the first-best date-0 surplus; other dates are not modelled.
  • The page prints (34) with rrr where r0r_0r0​ is meant; the Lean uses r0r_0r0​.

A formalization that restricted the planner to r≤Rr\le Rr≤R, used only local optimality, or left l∗l^*l∗, w∗w^*w∗, lρl_\rholρ​ free of their defining equations would make the goal trivial or false; none of these is used.

Out of scope: the full overlapping-generations dynamics of §3.1–3.4 beyond the date-0 problem (59), the bond market, fiscal transfers, the dates t≠0t\neq 0t=0 (point 1's "r∗=Rr^*=Rr∗=R at all dates other than 0"), and point 3 of Proposition 11, which rests on an additional assumption on the size of transfers.

Needed infrastructure: implicit-function and inverse-function arguments for f′f'f′ on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), one-variable calculus for (60), and compactness for existence. Contributions on the monotone and continuous dependence of the labour response on the rate are reusable in the companion mission.

Selected references

  • V. V. Acharya and G. Plantin, Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment, SSRN 3484935, version of May 23, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3484935
  • V. V. Acharya and G. Plantin, Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01440
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design IV: The Fixed-Reserve Second-Price Auction Has Worst-Case Regret (n/(n+1))ⁿ at Its Best Reserve 1/(n+1)Research Paper

Motivation

A seller who must auction one item without knowing how buyers value it needs a mechanism that performs acceptably against every plausible value distribution. Anunrojwong, Balseiro and Besbes (arXiv:2204.10478, Operations Research 2025) measure performance by regret: the expected revenue lost relative to a seller who knows the realized valuations and extracts the highest one. Their main result (Theorem 1, the subject of mission I of this series) shows that against independent and identically distributed valuations the minimax-regret mechanism is a second-price auction whose reserve price is random, drawn from an explicit distribution.

Practitioners rarely randomize reserves. The natural benchmark is the familiar second-price auction with a fixed deterministic reserve rrr, and the question this mission addresses is how much is lost by insisting on a deterministic reserve: what is the worst-case regret of that auction, and which reserve minimizes it? The paper answers this exactly in Proposition 5 (§5.2.1, p. 24, proof in Appendix D, pp. App-10–11). For a single buyer, regret-optimal posted pricing was studied by Bergemann and Schlag (2008), where a deterministic price 1/21/21/2 has worst-case regret 1/21/21/2; Proposition 5 is the nnn-buyer version of that benchmark.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 buyers with valuations v=(v1,…,vn)v=(v_1,\dots,v_n)v=(v1​,…,vn​) in the type cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, drawn from a joint distribution F\mathbf FF unknown to the seller. Write v(1)=max⁡iviv^{(1)}=\max_i v_iv(1)=maxi​vi​ and v(2)v^{(2)}v(2) for the second-highest valuation. A direct mechanism charges buyer iii a payment pi(v)p_i(v)pi​(v), and its regret under F\mathbf FF is

Rn(m,F)=Ev∼F[v(1)−∑i=1npi(v)].R_n(m,\mathbf F)=\mathbb E_{v\sim\mathbf F}\Big[v^{(1)}-\sum_{i=1}^n p_i(v)\Big].Rn​(m,F)=Ev∼F​[v(1)−i=1∑n​pi​(v)].

The second-price auction with reserve rrr, SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r), gives the item to the highest bidder if the highest bid is at least rrr, at price max⁡(v(2),r)\max(v^{(2)},r)max(v(2),r), and otherwise does not sell. Its revenue is max⁡(v(2),r) 1(v(1)≥r)\max(v^{(2)},r)\,\mathbf 1(v^{(1)}\ge r)max(v(2),r)1(v(1)≥r).

Three classes of distributions on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n are considered:

  • Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​: product laws G⊗nG^{\otimes n}G⊗n, with GGG a law on [0,1][0,1][0,1];
  • Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​: exchangeable laws (invariant under permuting buyers) that are affiliated, meaning Pr⁡(A∩B∣S)≥Pr⁡(A∣S)Pr⁡(B∣S)\Pr(A\cap B\mid S)\ge\Pr(A\mid S)\Pr(B\mid S)Pr(A∩B∣S)≥Pr(A∣S)Pr(B∣S) for all increasing sets A,BA,BA,B and every sublattice SSS (a set closed under coordinatewise minimum and maximum);
  • Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​: mixtures of i.i.d. laws, whose joint CDF is F(v)=∫∏iG(vi) dμ(G)\mathbf F(v)=\int\prod_i G(v_i)\,d\mu(G)F(v)=∫∏i​G(vi​)dμ(G) for a probability measure μ\muμ on distributions.

The worst-case regret of SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) over a class F\mathcal FF is sup⁡F∈FRn(SPA(r),F)\sup_{\mathbf F\in\mathcal F}R_n(\mathrm{SPA}(r),\mathbf F)supF∈F​Rn​(SPA(r),F). The closed form found by the paper is

Wn(r)={max⁡(1−r, r),n=1,(1−r)n(n−1)n−1((1−r)n−r)n−1,n≥2, r≤12,r,n≥2, r>12,W_n(r)=\begin{cases}\max(1-r,\,r), & n=1,\\[2pt] \dfrac{(1-r)^n(n-1)^{n-1}}{((1-r)n-r)^{n-1}}, & n\ge 2,\ r\le\tfrac12,\\[4pt] r, & n\ge2,\ r>\tfrac12,\end{cases}Wn​(r)=⎩⎨⎧​max(1−r,r),((1−r)n−r)n−1(1−r)n(n−1)n−1​,r,​n=1,n≥2, r≤21​,n≥2, r>21​,​

called wcFixed n r in the Lean development.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, every class F∈{Fiid,Faff,Fmix}\mathcal F\in\{\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}},\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}},\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}\}F∈{Fiid​,Faff​,Fmix​} and every r∈[0,1]r\in[0,1]r∈[0,1],

sup⁡F∈FRn(SPA(r),F)=Wn(r),\sup_{\mathbf F\in\mathcal F}R_n(\mathrm{SPA}(r),\mathbf F)=W_n(r),F∈Fsup​Rn​(SPA(r),F)=Wn​(r),

the no-reserve auction has Wn(0)=1W_n(0)=1Wn​(0)=1 for n=1n=1n=1 and (n−1n)n−1\big(\frac{n-1}{n}\big)^{n-1}(nn−1​)n−1 for n≥2n\ge2n≥2, and

min⁡r∈[0,1]Wn(r)=Wn(1n+1)=(nn+1)n,\min_{r\in[0,1]}W_n(r)=W_n\Big(\frac1{n+1}\Big)=\Big(\frac n{n+1}\Big)^n,r∈[0,1]min​Wn​(r)=Wn​(n+11​)=(n+1n​)n,

with r∗=1/(n+1)r^*=1/(n+1)r∗=1/(n+1) the unique minimizer.

Milestones

  1. The regret of SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) under an i.i.d. law with marginal CDF FFF: rF−(r)n−∫0rFn+∫r1(nFn−1−nFn)rF_-(r)^n-\int_0^rF^n+\int_r^1(nF^{n-1}-nF^n)rF−​(r)n−∫0r​Fn+∫r1​(nFn−1−nFn).
  2. For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, the maximum of rcn+(1−r)(ncn−1−ncn)rc^n+(1-r)(nc^{n-1}-nc^n)rcn+(1−r)(ncn−1−ncn) over c∈[n−1n,1]c\in[\frac{n-1}{n},1]c∈[nn−1​,1] equals Wn(r)W_n(r)Wn​(r).
  3. For n=1n=1n=1, the maximum of rc+(1−r)(1−c)rc+(1-r)(1-c)rc+(1−r)(1−c) over c∈[0,1]c\in[0,1]c∈[0,1] is max⁡(1−r,r)\max(1-r,r)max(1−r,r).
  4. WnW_nWn​ is minimized on [0,1][0,1][0,1] exactly at 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1), with value (n/(n+1))n(n/(n+1))^n(n/(n+1))n.
  5. For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, every exchangeable affiliated law gives SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) regret at most Wn(r)W_n(r)Wn​(r).

Significance

The result. Proposition 5 gives the exact price of determinism. The optimal fixed reserve 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1) has worst-case regret (n/(n+1))n(n/(n+1))^n(n/(n+1))n: 1/21/21/2 for one buyer, 4/94/94/9 for two. The minimax regret of the optimal randomized auction is about 0.3680.3680.368 and 0.3240.3240.324 for the same cases, so the benchmark shows how much of the paper's improvement comes from randomizing the reserve. Both values converge to 1/e1/e1/e as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. Proposition 5 also shows that the worst case does not change when valuations are positively dependent (affiliated, or mixtures of i.i.d.), the same robustness the paper establishes for its optimal mechanism.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper in the paper's Appendix D, and no machine-checked version is known. A formal proof needs an expression of the expected revenue of a second-price auction through the order-statistic CDFs, a careful treatment of atoms at the reserve, two elementary but fiddly one-variable optimizations, and, for Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​ and Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​, the reduction to the i.i.d. case.

Difficulty

The supremum over Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​ is not attained. The auction's revenue jumps at the reserve: a buyer valued exactly at rrr buys, while one valued just below does not. Nature exploits this with two-point laws placing mass just below rrr and the rest at 111, and the regret approaches Wn(r)W_n(r)Wn​(r) only in the limit. So the first idea, exhibiting a maximizing distribution, fails, and any formalization must treat the worst case as a least upper bound. The upper bound over Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​ is the real difficulty: it rests on an order-statistic identity and on an inequality between the CDFs of the maxima of n−1n-1n−1 and nnn affiliated valuations, which in turn needs properties of affiliation that are quoted from Milgrom and Weber (1982) rather than proved in the paper. For Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​ the bound needs the regret to be linear in the mixing measure, i.e. a disintegration of the mixture law through its joint CDF.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Buyers are Fin n; valuations are vectors Fin n → ℝ; a distribution is a probability measure on Fin n → ℝ whose complement of the cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n is null. Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​ is the set of products Measure.pi (fun _ => G) of a probability law G on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Fmix\mathcal F_{\mathrm{mix}}Fmix​ uses a probability measure on Measure ℝ with the Giry σ-algebra and states the CDF identity of Definition 6 for every vvv.
  • The auction. SPA(r)\mathrm{SPA}(r)SPA(r) is the random-reserve auction SPA ρ at ρ = Measure.dirac r; the winner pays max⁡(v(2),r)\max(v^{(2)},r)max(v(2),r) when its bid is at least rrr. Ties go to the lowest index (the paper breaks them arbitrarily; revenue does not depend on the rule).
  • Affiliation is stated cross-multiplied, μ(A∩S)μ(B∩S)≤μ(A∩B∩S)μ(S)\mu(A\cap S)\mu(B\cap S)\le\mu(A\cap B\cap S)\mu(S)μ(A∩S)μ(B∩S)≤μ(A∩B∩S)μ(S), for measurable increasing A,BA,BA,B and measurable sublattices SSS.
  • Conventions committed to. The reserve ranges over [0,1][0,1][0,1] (the page leaves this implicit; for r>1r>1r>1 the closed form is false). Worst-case regret is IsLUB of the set of regrets, not a maximum and not sSup. "The optimal reserve" is IsLeast of WnW_nWn​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1], its value at 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1), and uniqueness of the minimizer.
  • Ruled out. A statement with IsGreatest would be false (the supremum is not attained); sSup of the regret image would be a junk value if the image were unbounded; classes without the [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n support condition, or rrr unconstrained, change the theorem.
  • Infrastructure. Expected revenue of a second-price auction via order statistics, the CDF of the maximum and second maximum of i.i.d. variables, and the reduction of mixtures to their components are reusable for the rest of this series and for auction theory generally. Contributions to the affiliation inequalities (Milgrom–Weber) are particularly welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Anunrojwong, S. R. Balseiro, O. Besbes, On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design, arXiv:2204.10478v5, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.10478
  • D. Bergemann, K. Schlag, Pricing without Priors, Journal of the European Economic Association 6(2–3), 560–569, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1162/JEEA.2008.6.2-3.560
  • P. R. Milgrom, R. J. Weber, A Theory of Auctions and Competitive Bidding, Econometrica 50(5), 1089–1122, 1982. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911865
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Selling Data to Marketers 3: Under the Rotation Order, Marketing Lists Serve Low-Cost Marketers Efficiently and Over- (Under-) Supply High-Cost Ones Below (Above) the Rotation PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Data brokers sell two kinds of products to marketers. A marketing list supplies the contacts a marketer needs in order to act at all; a data append enriches a list the marketer already holds. In both cases the broker can also choose how informative its accompanying analytics are, and it can price a menu of plans of different informativeness to marketers whose costs of acting it cannot observe. Liang Guo's Selling Data to Marketers (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350) studies how such a seller should design this menu, and in particular when it should sell more or less information than would be efficient.

The paper first works with a two-point value distribution (Sections 2–3) and then, in Section 4, with a general information structure in which informativeness is ordered by the rotation order of the distribution of the posterior mean (Johnson and Myatt 2006). This mission formalizes the marketing-list result of Section 4.1: Proposition 4 (comparative statics of the efficient informativeness) and Proposition 5 (the optimal screening menu). It is the third mission of a four-mission series on the paper; the first two treat the two-point model, the fourth treats data appends under the rotation order.

Setting

A marketer's value uuu from targeting a consumer is unknown. The seller supplies a signal of informativeness α∈[α‾,αˉ]⊂(0,1)\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subset(0,1)α∈[α​,αˉ]⊂(0,1). The marketer's posterior mean v=E[u∣w]v=E[u\mid w]v=E[u∣w] has cumulative distribution function H(v,α)H(v,\alpha)H(v,α) on a support [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ], with a strictly positive density h(v,α)h(v,\alpha)h(v,α). Bayesian updating keeps the mean fixed: ∫v‾vˉv h(v,α) dv=u^\int_{\underline v}^{\bar v} v\,h(v,\alpha)\,dv=\hat u∫v​vˉ​vh(v,α)dv=u^ for every α\alphaα, where u^\hat uu^ is the prior mean. The rotation order (9) requires a point v+∈(v‾,vˉ)v^+\in(\underline v,\bar v)v+∈(v​,vˉ) such that

∂H(v,α)∂α>0 for v<v+,∂H(v,α)∂α<0 for v>v+.\frac{\partial H(v,\alpha)}{\partial\alpha}>0\ \text{for } v<v^+,\qquad \frac{\partial H(v,\alpha)}{\partial\alpha}<0\ \text{for } v>v^+ .∂α∂H(v,α)​>0 for v<v+,∂α∂H(v,α)​<0 for v>v+.

Raising α\alphaα moves probability mass from the middle of the distribution to its tails.

The seller incurs a selling cost k(α)k(\alpha)k(α), increasing, with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0. A marketer's targeting cost is cHc_HcH​ with probability θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1) and cLc_LcL​ with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, with cH>cL>0c_H>c_L>0cH​>cL​>0. A marketer with cost ccc targets exactly when v>cv>cv>c, so informativeness α\alphaα is worth

P(α,c)=∫cvˉ(v−c) dH(v,α).P(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}(v-c)\,dH(v,\alpha).P(α,c)=∫cvˉ​(v−c)dH(v,α).

With observable costs (the benchmark), the seller sells to type iii the informativeness maximizing (12), Πi=θi [P(α,ci)−k(α)]\Pi_i=\theta_i\,[P(\alpha,c_i)-k(\alpha)]Πi​=θi​[P(α,ci​)−k(α)]; a maximizer is an efficient level αie\alpha^e_iαie​. With private costs, the seller offers a menu of plans (TH,αH)(T_H,\alpha_H)(TH​,αH​), (TL,αL)(T_L,\alpha_L)(TL​,αL​), with fees Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0. A type-iii marketer choosing plan jjj gets Uij=−Tj+P(αj,ci)U_{ij}=-T_j+P(\alpha_j,c_i)Uij​=−Tj​+P(αj​,ci​) (13). The seller maximizes Π=θ[TH−k(αH)]+(1−θ)[TL−k(αL)]\Pi=\theta[T_H-k(\alpha_H)]+(1-\theta)[T_L-k(\alpha_L)]Π=θ[TH​−k(αH​)]+(1−θ)[TL​−k(αL​)] subject to individual rationality Uii≥0U_{ii}\ge0Uii​≥0 and incentive compatibility Uii≥Uii′U_{ii}\ge U_{ii'}Uii​≥Uii′​ (problem (6)). Its solutions are written αH∗,αL∗\alpha^*_H,\alpha^*_LαH∗​,αL∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

In general αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​, and if cL<cH<v+c_L<c_H<v^+cL​<cH​<v+ (resp. v+<cL<cHv^+<c_L<c_Hv+<cL​<cH​), then

αH∗>αHe(resp. αH∗<αHe).\alpha^*_H>\alpha^e_H\quad(\text{resp. } \alpha^*_H<\alpha^e_H).αH∗​>αHe​(resp. αH∗​<αHe​).

The first identity says that the low-cost marketer, the "high type" of the screening problem, receives the efficient informativeness. The second says that the high-cost marketer's informativeness is distorted, upward when both costs lie below the rotation point and downward when both lie above it. Both are stated for every optimal menu and every efficient level.

Milestones

  1. Integration by parts: P(α,c)=∫cvˉ[1−H(v,α)] dvP(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}[1-H(v,\alpha)]\,dvP(α,c)=∫cvˉ​[1−H(v,α)]dv (proof of Proposition 4).
  2. The cross derivative ∂2Πi/∂αi∂ci=θi ∂H(ci,αi)/∂αi\partial^2\Pi_i/\partial\alpha_i\partial c_i=\theta_i\,\partial H(c_i,\alpha_i)/\partial\alpha_i∂2Πi​/∂αi​∂ci​=θi​∂H(ci​,αi​)/∂αi​ and its sign on either side of v+v^+v+.
  3. Proposition 4: αie\alpha^e_iαie​ first increases and then decreases with cic_ici​, with the turning point at v+v^+v+.
  4. The reduction of (6) to the two-variable problem (14) by the binding constraints IRHIR_HIRH​ and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​.
  5. (14) integrated by parts, with the high type's rent R(αH)=∫cLcH[1−H(v,αH)] dvR(\alpha_H)=\int_{c_L}^{c_H}[1-H(v,\alpha_H)]\,dvR(αH​)=∫cL​cH​​[1−H(v,αH​)]dv, and its separation, which gives αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​ for (14).
  6. The derivative ∂Π/∂αH\partial\Pi/\partial\alpha_H∂Π/∂αH​ of (14) compared with the benchmark derivative.

Significance

Proposition 4 states that the value of information to a marketer is non-monotone in the cost of acting: it is largest for costs near the rotation point v+v^+v+, where the targeting decision is hardest. Proposition 5 turns this into a pricing rule. In the two-point model the direction of the distortion depends only on the prior (Proposition 2, φ<1/2\varphi<1/2φ<1/2 or φ>1/2\varphi>1/2φ>1/2). Under the rotation order it depends on where the costs lie relative to v+v^+v+, so a seller facing marketers with low costs over-supplies information to its less profitable segment, and one facing high costs under-supplies it. The comparison with the two-point model (pp. 17–18 of the manuscript) connects the two settings through the single-crossing point of the posterior-mean distributions.

The results are proved in the paper, through integration by parts, signs of derivatives and Topkis's monotonicity theorem. None of them is formalized. Formalizing them checks the reduction of the screening problem, which the paper performs by analogy with the two-point model, including the constraints it drops without comment. It also produces a reusable treatment of rotation-ordered distribution families on an interval. Topkis's Theorem 2.8.4 is already proved on the platform and is part of this mission as a reference.

Difficulty

The obvious argument has two gaps. The first is the reduction (14). The paper substitutes the binding IRHIR_HIRH​ and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ constraints and drops IRLIR_LIRL​, ICH,LIC_{H,L}ICH,L​ and Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0. That the dropped constraints hold at a solution of (14) is not shown in the paper. The second gap is strictness: Topkis's theorem compares maximizers weakly. The strict inequalities αH∗≷αHe\alpha^*_H\gtrless\alpha^e_HαH∗​≷αHe​ require showing that efficient levels are interior and that the first-order conditions differ there. This uses the footnote-5 behaviour of kkk at the endpoints and the mean-preserving property (10), which follows from (9) and the constancy of the mean.

Formalization scope

The model is one Lean structure, SellingData.ListsRotation.Model, with real parameters and its standing assumptions as fields. The committed conventions are:

  • The support [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ] is a bounded real interval; the paper allows an unbounded one.
  • H(⋅,α)H(\cdot,\alpha)H(⋅,α) is continuous on the support, with H(v‾,α)=0H(\underline v,\alpha)=0H(v​,α)=0, H(vˉ,α)=1H(\bar v,\alpha)=1H(vˉ,α)=1 and a strictly positive continuous density h(⋅,α)h(\cdot,\alpha)h(⋅,α). The derivative ∂H/∂α\partial H/\partial\alpha∂H/∂α exists on the support, for α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).
  • dH(v,α)dH(v,\alpha)dH(v,α) is h(v,α) dvh(v,\alpha)\,dvh(v,α)dv, so P(α,c)=∫cvˉ(v−c) h(v,α) dvP(\alpha,c)=\int_c^{\bar v}(v-c)\,h(v,\alpha)\,dvP(α,c)=∫cvˉ​(v−c)h(v,α)dv.
  • The rotation order (9) is imposed on the open support. The mean property is a field of the model; (10) is not assumed, since it follows.
  • The costs satisfy v‾<cL<cH<vˉ\underline v<c_L<c_H<\bar vv​<cL​<cH​<vˉ.
  • kkk is monotone on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0.

Two further hypotheses are pinned, and only on the statements that need strictness or differentiation under the integral sign:

  • the footnote-5 conditions on kkk: continuity on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], differentiability inside, k′(α‾)=0k'(\underline\alpha)=0k′(α​)=0 from the right and k′(α)→+∞k'(\alpha)\to+\inftyk′(α)→+∞ as α→αˉ−\alpha\to\bar\alpha^-α→αˉ−; convexity and twice differentiability are not assumed;
  • joint continuity of ∂H/∂α\partial H/\partial\alpha∂H/∂α on [v‾,vˉ]×(0,1)[\underline v,\bar v]\times(0,1)[v​,vˉ]×(0,1).

Optimal menus and efficient levels are sets of maximizers, not chosen maximizers, because kkk need not be convex. "αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​" is the equality of the set of low-cost plans of optimal menus with the set of efficient levels. The goal is stated for the screening problem (6) itself, with all four constraints and nonnegative fees. Defining the optimal menu through (14), or efficient levels through a first-order condition, would make half of the goal a restatement of a milestone, and is ruled out. As on the page, αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​ is stated with no condition on the position of the costs relative to v+v^+v+; only the comparison of αH∗\alpha^*_HαH∗​ with αHe\alpha^e_HαHe​ carries the two cost ranges. A sorry-free instance shows that the model's hypotheses are jointly satisfiable: [v‾,vˉ]=[0,1][\underline v,\bar v]=[0,1][v​,vˉ]=[0,1], H(v,α)=v+α2v(1−v)(1−2v)H(v,\alpha)=v+\tfrac{\alpha}{2}v(1-v)(1-2v)H(v,α)=v+2α​v(1−v)(1−2v), v+=u^=1/2v^+=\hat u=1/2v+=u^=1/2.

Contributions are welcome on the integration-by-parts and differentiation-under-the-integral lemmas for families of distributions on an interval, which are reusable beyond this paper, and on any milestone in any order.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, Selling Data to Marketers, Management Science, 2025, author's manuscript. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350
  • Justin P. Johnson and David P. Myatt, On the Simple Economics of Advertising, Marketing, and Product Design, American Economic Review 96(3), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.96.3.756
  • Donald M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998 (Theorem 2.8.4). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Selling Data to Marketers 2: In Selling Data Appends with Costs Below the Prior Mean, the High-Cost Plan Is Efficient and the Low-Cost Plan Carries Less Information If φ < 1/2 and More If φ > 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Data brokers sell information about consumers to firms that decide whom to target: a lender deciding whom to offer credit, a retailer deciding whom to mail. Two products dominate this market. A marketing list sells contact information together with an analysis, so that a firm cannot reach the consumer at all without buying. A data append adds information about consumers the firm already knows, so that the firm can act even without buying. Liang Guo's Selling Data to Marketers (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350) studies how a monopoly data seller should design a menu of data products when the buyers' targeting costs are private, and shows that the answer differs sharply between the two products.

This mission formalizes the data-append result in the paper's base model with a binary targeting value: Proposition 3 (p. 13 of the author's manuscript). The companion missions of the series cover marketing lists and the general model with a rotation-ordered family of posterior distributions.

Setting

A marketer can take an action at cost c>0c>0c>0. The action yields a value u∈{u‾,uˉ}u\in\{\underline u,\bar u\}u∈{u​,uˉ}, with u=uˉu=\bar uu=uˉ with prior probability φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1), so the prior mean is u^=φuˉ+(1−φ)u‾\hat u=\varphi\bar u+(1-\varphi)\underline uu^=φuˉ+(1−φ)u​. Not acting yields 000.

The seller can produce a signal w∈{wh,wl}w\in\{w_h,w_l\}w∈{wh​,wl​} with Pr⁡(wh∣uˉ)=Pr⁡(wl∣u‾)=α\Pr(w_h\mid\bar u)=\Pr(w_l\mid\underline u)=\alphaPr(wh​∣uˉ)=Pr(wl​∣u​)=α, where the informativeness α\alphaα is chosen from [α‾,αˉ]⊂(1/2,1)[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subset(1/2,1)[α​,αˉ]⊂(1/2,1). The signal probabilities are σh(α)=φα+(1−φ)(1−α)\sigma_h(\alpha)=\varphi\alpha+(1-\varphi)(1-\alpha)σh​(α)=φα+(1−φ)(1−α) and σl(α)=1−σh(α)\sigma_l(\alpha)=1-\sigma_h(\alpha)σl​(α)=1−σh​(α), and the posterior means after whw_hwh​ and wlw_lwl​ are vh(α)v_h(\alpha)vh​(α) and vl(α)v_l(\alpha)vl​(α), computed by Bayes' rule. The standing assumption vl(α‾)<c<vh(α‾)v_l(\underline\alpha)<c<v_h(\underline\alpha)vl​(α​)<c<vh​(α​) makes acting worthwhile exactly after the high signal, so a marketer of cost ccc values information α\alphaα at σh(α)[vh(α)−c]\sigma_h(\alpha)[v_h(\alpha)-c]σh​(α)[vh​(α)−c]. Serving a marketer with informativeness α\alphaα costs the seller k(α)k(\alpha)k(α), with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 and kkk increasing.

Marketers have cost cHc_HcH​ with probability θ\thetaθ and cL<cHc_L<c_HcL​<cH​ with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, privately known. The seller offers a menu of two plans (TH,αH)(T_H,\alpha_H)(TH​,αH​) and (TL,αL)(T_L,\alpha_L)(TL​,αL​) with fees Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0. Type iii's payoff from plan jjj is

Uij=−Tj+σh(αj)[vh(αj)−ci].U_{ij}=-T_j+\sigma_h(\alpha_j)[v_h(\alpha_j)-c_i].Uij​=−Tj​+σh​(αj​)[vh​(αj​)−ci​].

With data appends, a marketer who buys nothing can still act on the prior, so its outside option is Ui0=max⁡{u^−ci,0}U_{i0}=\max\{\hat u-c_i,0\}Ui0​=max{u^−ci​,0}. The seller maximizes Π=∑iθi[Ti−k(αi)]\Pi=\sum_i\theta_i[T_i-k(\alpha_i)]Π=∑i​θi​[Ti​−k(αi​)] subject to Uii≥Ui0U_{ii}\ge U_{i0}Uii​≥Ui0​ (IRiIR_iIRi​) and Uii≥Uii′U_{ii}\ge U_{ii'}Uii​≥Uii′​ (ICi,i′IC_{i,i'}ICi,i′​). An optimal menu solves this problem; its informativeness levels are αH∗,αL∗\alpha_H^*,\alpha_L^*αH∗​,αL∗​.

The benchmark is the seller's problem when costs are observable: for each type it maximizes Πi=θi[σh(α)[vh(α)−ci]−k(α)]\Pi_i=\theta_i[\sigma_h(\alpha)[v_h(\alpha)-c_i]-k(\alpha)]Πi​=θi​[σh​(α)[vh​(α)−ci​]−k(α)] over [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ]. Any maximizer is an efficient informativeness αie\alpha_i^eαie​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 13)

When cL<cH<u^c_L<c_H<\hat ucL​<cH​<u^:

{αH∗}={αHe},φ<12 ⇒ αL∗<αLe,φ>12 ⇒ αL∗>αLe.\{\alpha_H^*\}=\{\alpha_H^e\},\qquad \varphi<\tfrac12\ \Rightarrow\ \alpha_L^*<\alpha_L^e,\qquad \varphi>\tfrac12\ \Rightarrow\ \alpha_L^*>\alpha_L^e .{αH∗​}={αHe​},φ<21​ ⇒ αL∗​<αLe​,φ>21​ ⇒ αL∗​>αLe​.

The first claim is an equality of sets: the high-cost informativeness levels of optimal menus are exactly the efficient ones at cHc_HcH​. The inequalities hold for every optimal menu and every efficient αLe\alpha_L^eαLe​.

Milestones

  1. Willingness to pay (§3.2, p. 13): for cL<cH<u^c_L<c_H<\hat ucL​<cH​<u^, Uij−Ui0=−Tj+σl(αj)[ci−vl(αj)]U_{ij}-U_{i0}=-T_j+\sigma_l(\alpha_j)[c_i-v_l(\alpha_j)]Uij​−Ui0​=−Tj​+σl​(αj​)[ci​−vl​(αj​)], which is increasing in cic_ici​.
  2. Reduction (8) (p. 13): with IRLIR_LIRL​ and ICH,LIC_{H,L}ICH,L​ binding, the problem becomes the maximization over (αH,αL)(\alpha_H,\alpha_L)(αH​,αL​) of
θ[σh(αH)[vh(αH)−cH]−σh(αL)(cL−cH)−k(αH)]+(1−θ)[σh(αL)[vh(αL)−cL]−k(αL)]−u^+cL.\theta\big[\sigma_h(\alpha_H)[v_h(\alpha_H)-c_H]-\sigma_h(\alpha_L)(c_L-c_H)-k(\alpha_H)\big]+(1-\theta)\big[\sigma_h(\alpha_L)[v_h(\alpha_L)-c_L]-k(\alpha_L)\big]-\hat u+c_L .θ[σh​(αH​)[vh​(αH​)−cH​]−σh​(αL​)(cL​−cH​)−k(αH​)]+(1−θ)[σh​(αL​)[vh​(αL​)−cL​]−k(αL​)]−u^+cL​.
  1. The αL\alpha_LαL​-derivatives (proof of Proposition 3, p. 32): the benchmark derivative (1−θ)[φ(uˉ−cL)−(1−φ)(u‾−cL)−k′(αL)](1-\theta)[\varphi(\bar u-c_L)-(1-\varphi)(\underline u-c_L)-k'(\alpha_L)](1−θ)[φ(uˉ−cL​)−(1−φ)(u​−cL​)−k′(αL​)] and the derivative of (8), which adds θ(1−2φ)(cL−cH)\theta(1-2\varphi)(c_L-c_H)θ(1−2φ)(cL​−cH​).

Significance

The result says that a data seller's distortion depends on the product's form. With marketing lists the low-cost marketers are the high type, their plan is efficient, and the high-cost plan is distorted (Proposition 2, p. 11). With data appends and costs below the prior mean, the outside option u^−ci\hat u-c_iu^−ci​ falls with cic_ici​ faster than the value of information does, so high-cost marketers have the larger willingness to pay. The roles of the types switch, the low-cost plan is distorted, and the direction of the distortion is reversed, giving the paper's "double mirror image" (p. 13). The direction is set by the skewness of the prior through the sign of 1−2φ1-2\varphi1−2φ, not by an assumed single-crossing condition.

The result is proved in the paper, in an appendix argument of a few lines that invokes Topkis's monotonicity theorem. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it makes explicit what the printed proof leaves to the reader: that the constraints dropped in (8) hold at its optimum, that the efficient and optimal informativeness need not be unique, and which regularity of kkk the strict inequalities need.

Difficulty

The obvious argument substitutes the binding constraints, compares first-order conditions, and invokes Topkis's theorem. Three steps of it are not automatic. First, the reduction drops IRHIR_HIRH​, ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ and the nonnegativity of fees; these must be shown to hold at every maximizer of (8), and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ holds only because the maximizers of (8) are ordered in the right direction, which is itself a comparative-statics fact. Second, the reduction identifies the optimal menus only if (8) attains its maximum. Third, Topkis's theorem yields only weak inequalities, αL∗≤αLe\alpha_L^*\le\alpha_L^eαL∗​≤αLe​; strictness needs the efficient informativeness to be interior and kkk to be differentiable there, which footnote 5 (p. 7) supplies. Without it, both optima can sit at the same corner α‾\underline\alphaα​ or αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated over R\mathbb RR in the sub-namespace SellingData.AppendsBinary. The two types form an inductive type CostType with constructors H and L. A Model structure holds u‾<uˉ\underline u<\bar uu​<uˉ, φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1), 1/2<α‾<αˉ<11/2<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<11/2<α​<αˉ<1, θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1), 0<cL<cH0<c_L<c_H0<cL​<cH​, k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0, kkk weakly increasing on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], and the standing assumption vl(α‾)<ci<vh(α‾)v_l(\underline\alpha)<c_i<v_h(\underline\alpha)vl​(α​)<ci​<vh​(α​) for both costs. The posteriors are defined with the divisions of the paper's (2). The outside option is the printed max⁡{u^−ci,0}\max\{\hat u-c_i,0\}max{u^−ci​,0}.

Optimality and efficiency are predicates on maximizers, never a chosen maximizer. The optimal menu is defined from the data-append screening problem itself; defining it through (8) would make the first claim of the goal trivial and is ruled out. The goal additionally assumes the part of footnote 5 that the strict inequalities need: kkk continuous on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], differentiable on (α‾,αˉ)(\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha)(α​,αˉ), right derivative 000 at α‾\underline\alphaα​, and k′(α)→+∞k'(\alpha)\to+\inftyk′(α)→+∞ as α→αˉ−\alpha\to\bar\alpha^-α→αˉ−. Convexity and twice differentiability, which the footnote also lists, are not assumed. The milestones carry only what they need: none for the willingness to pay, continuity of kkk for one part of the reduction, and differentiability at the point for the derivative.

A complete development needs Bayes posteriors for a symmetric binary signal, elementary calculus (derivatives, the mean value theorem, extrema on compact intervals), and Topkis's monotonicity theorem, which is on the platform (Theorem 2.8.4) and is referenced by this mission. Proofs of the milestones and of the goal are welcome. Lemmas on the binary-signal posteriors (for instance the identity σh(α)vh(α)+σl(α)vl(α)=u^\sigma_h(\alpha)v_h(\alpha)+\sigma_l(\alpha)v_l(\alpha)=\hat uσh​(α)vh​(α)+σl​(α)vl​(α)=u^) are reusable by the companion mission on marketing lists.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, Selling Data to Marketers, Management Science, 2025, author's manuscript. doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350
  • Donald M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. doi:10.1515/9781400822539
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Third-Degree Price Discrimination in Two-Sided Markets: Seller-Side Discrimination Raises Platform Profit, Buyer and Low-Type Seller Surplus and Total Welfare; High-Type Sellers Gain iff b > b̂Research Paper

Price discrimination when demand has network effects

Third-degree price discrimination means charging different prices to identifiable groups of customers. Its welfare effects are a classical question in industrial organization. With linear demands and every market served under uniform pricing, discrimination leaves total output unchanged and lowers total welfare (Pigou 1920). More generally, welfare can rise only if total output rises (Schmalensee 1981; Varian 1985).

Many current markets are two-sided platforms: marketplaces, app stores and payment networks that charge sellers participation fees and differentiate those fees by seller category (for instance, app stores charging games and non-games differently). On such a platform, a seller's presence is worth something to the buyers on the other side. De Cornière, Mantovani and Shekhar (Management Science 71(4), 2025) show that this cross-side benefit overturns the classical conclusion: discriminating between seller types raises seller participation, which attracts more buyers, which raises seller participation further. In their linear model, total welfare rises, and for large enough cross-side benefits every group gains.

The baseline model

A monopoly platform serves a mass one of buyers and two categories of sellers, LLL and HHH, each of mass one.

  • A buyer obtains a stand-alone value vvv from the platform and a benefit bbb for each seller on it.
  • A seller of type j∈{L,H}j\in\{L,H\}j∈{L,H} earns θj\theta_jθj​ per buyer on the platform, with θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0.
  • All agents have outside options uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. With NBN_BNB​ buyers, the type-jjj seller demand at fee fjf_jfj​ is θjNB−fj\theta_jN_B-f_jθj​NB​−fj​. With NSN_SNS​ sellers, the buyer demand at price ppp is v+bNS−pv+bN_S-pv+bNS​−p.

The platform chooses participation levels, and the fees follow from the inverse demands.

Uniform pricing (fL=fHf_L=f_HfL​=fH​). The platform chooses (NB,NS)(N_B,N_S)(NB​,NS​) to maximize

ΠU(NB,NS)=NB (v+bNS−NB)+NS (θL+θH)NB−NS2.\Pi^U(N_B,N_S)=N_B\,(v+bN_S-N_B)+N_S\,\frac{(\theta_L+\theta_H)N_B-N_S}{2}.ΠU(NB​,NS​)=NB​(v+bNS​−NB​)+NS​2(θL​+θH​)NB​−NS​​.

At the common fee fUf^UfU, type-jjj participation is NjU=θjNB−fUN^U_j=\theta_jN_B-f^UNjU​=θj​NB​−fU.

Price discrimination. The platform chooses (NB,NL,NH)(N_B,N_L,N_H)(NB​,NL​,NH​) to maximize

ΠD(NB,NL,NH)=NB(v+b(NL+NH)−NB)+NL(θLNB−NL)+NH(θHNB−NH).\Pi^D(N_B,N_L,N_H)=N_B\big(v+b(N_L+N_H)-N_B\big)+N_L(\theta_LN_B-N_L)+N_H(\theta_HN_B-N_H).ΠD(NB​,NL​,NH​)=NB​(v+b(NL​+NH​)−NB​)+NL​(θL​NB​−NL​)+NH​(θH​NB​−NH​).

The participant with outside option kkk joins when its net value exceeds kkk. Buyer surplus CSCSCS and type-jjj seller surplus DSjDS_jDSj​ are therefore integrals over kkk from 000 to the participation level of (net value − k-\,k−k). Total welfare is SW=CS+Π+DSL+DSHSW=CS+\Pi+DS_L+DS_HSW=CS+Π+DSL​+DSH​.

Assumption 1 (p. 3343) restricts the parameters: (i) 0<v<4−(b+θL)2−(b+θH)20<v<4-(b+\theta_L)^2-(b+\theta_H)^20<v<4−(b+θL​)2−(b+θH​)2; (ii) (θH−3θL)/2<b(\theta_H-3\theta_L)/2<b(θH​−3θL​)/2<b.

Two denominators recur: U=8−(2b+θH+θL)2U=8-(2b+\theta_H+\theta_L)^2U=8−(2b+θH​+θL​)2 and D=4−2b2−θH2−θL2−2b(θH+θL)D=4-2b^2-\theta_H^2-\theta_L^2-2b(\theta_H+\theta_L)D=4−2b2−θH2​−θL2​−2b(θH​+θL​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 3346)

Under θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0, b>0b>0b>0 and Assumption 1, both optimization problems have a solution, and for every uniform optimum and every discrimination optimum:

ΠU<ΠD,CSU<CSD,DSLU<DSLD,SWU<SWD,\Pi^U<\Pi^D,\qquad CS^U<CS^D,\qquad DS^U_L<DS^D_L,\qquad SW^U<SW^D,ΠU<ΠD,CSU<CSD,DSLU​<DSLD​,SWU<SWD, DSHU<DSHD  ⟺  b>b^(θH,θL)=32−7(θH−θL)2−3θH−θL4.DS^U_H<DS^D_H\iff b>\hat b(\theta_H,\theta_L)=\frac{\sqrt{32-7(\theta_H-\theta_L)^2}-3\theta_H-\theta_L}{4}.DSHU​<DSHD​⟺b>b^(θH​,θL​)=432−7(θH​−θL​)2​−3θH​−θL​​.

When b>b^b>\hat bb>b^, all four groups (platform, buyers, low-type sellers and high-type sellers) are strictly better off: a strict Pareto improvement.

Milestones

  1. The uniform optimum, display (12): NBU=4v/UN^U_B=4v/UNBU​=4v/U, NSU=2v(2b+θH+θL)/UN^U_S=2v(2b+\theta_H+\theta_L)/UNSU​=2v(2b+θH​+θL​)/U, ΠU=2v2/U\Pi^U=2v^2/UΠU=2v2/U, with the fees and, from footnote 14, NjUN^U_jNjU​.
  2. The discrimination optimum, (13)–(15): NBD=2v/DN^D_B=2v/DNBD​=2v/D, NjD=v(b+θj)/DN^D_j=v(b+\theta_j)/DNjD​=v(b+θj​)/D, ΠD=v2/D\Pi^D=v^2/DΠD=v2/D, with the fees.
  3. Proposition 1: NBU<NBDN^U_B<N^D_BNBU​<NBD​ and NSU<NLD+NHDN^U_S<N^D_L+N^D_HNSU​<NLD​+NHD​.
  4. The surpluses and welfare at the uniform optimum (A.2.1).
  5. The surpluses and welfare at the discrimination optimum, (A.6)–(A.8).
  6. ΠD−ΠU=v2(θH−θL)2/(DU)>0\Pi^D-\Pi^U=v^2(\theta_H-\theta_L)^2/(DU)>0ΠD−ΠU=v2(θH​−θL​)2/(DU)>0.
  7. DSLD−DSLU>0DS^D_L-DS^U_L>0DSLD​−DSLU​>0.
  8. SWD−SWU=v2(θH−θL)2λ/(2D2U2)SW^D-SW^U=v^2(\theta_H-\theta_L)^2\lambda/(2D^2U^2)SWD−SWU=v2(θH​−θL​)2λ/(2D2U2) for an explicit quartic λ(b,θH,θL)\lambda(b,\theta_H,\theta_L)λ(b,θH​,θL​).
  9. λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 on the parameter region.
  10. DSHD−DSHU>0  ⟺  b>b^DS^D_H-DS^U_H>0\iff b>\hat bDSHD​−DSHU​>0⟺b>b^.

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 is a counterpoint to the Pigouvian benchmark. In a two-sided market with linear demands, seller-side discrimination can be a strict Pareto improvement, so a blanket presumption against fee differentiation by platforms is not justified on welfare grounds. The comparison also isolates the mechanism. The low-type sellers gain even though the platform could already serve them, and the high types gain only when the buyer-side benefit bbb is large enough. The paper's extensions in §5 (seller-type-dependent buyer benefits, ad valorem fees, competition) start from this baseline.

Formalizing it. The paper proves Proposition 2 by explicit algebra in Appendix A.2. Most of that algebra is printed, but the positivity of λ\lambdaλ is argued only through claims about the roots of a quartic in bbb, which are asserted rather than shown. No part of the argument is machine-checked. A formalization would give:

  • a certified positivity proof for λ\lambdaλ;
  • verified closed forms for both optima, with existence and uniqueness of the maximizers;
  • corrected versions of several printed displays (see the scope section).

The model is a small, self-contained template for platform pricing with linear demands, and the same definitions can serve later comparisons (fees, prices, exclusion).

Difficulty

The optimization steps are routine: both objectives are concave quadratics, strictly concave exactly when U>0U>0U>0 and D>0D>0D>0, and Assumption 1(i) gives D>v>0D>v>0D>v>0. The integrals have affine integrands. The comparison steps are where the work is.

  • λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. λ\lambdaλ is a quartic in three variables that must be shown positive on a region cut out by D>0D>0D>0, b>0b>0b>0, 0<θL<θH0<\theta_L<\theta_H0<θL​<θH​ and condition (ii). Its minimum over the region is small (numerically about 0.020.020.02, approached near the boundary D=0D=0D=0), so crude bounds fail. The paper's argument ("only one positive root bsolb^{sol}bsol", "bsolb^{sol}bsol greater than bˉ\bar bbˉ") is not a proof.
  • The b^\hat bb^ equivalence. It compares two rational functions with different denominators D2D^2D2 and U2U^2U2. It reduces to the sign of (b+θH)U−(2b+3θH−θL)D(b+\theta_H)U-(2b+3\theta_H-\theta_L)D(b+θH​)U−(2b+3θH​−θL​)D on the region, which must be tied to the root b^\hat bb^ of a quadratic.
  • Proposition 1 is a comparison of explicit rational functions under the same region constraints. The paper argues it through best-response curves instead (App. A.1).

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Parameters are real numbers v,b,θH,θLv,b,\theta_H,\theta_Lv,b,θH​,θL​. A uniform allocation is (NB,NS)∈R2(N_B,N_S)\in\mathbb R^2(NB​,NS​)∈R2, a discriminatory one (NB,NL,NH)∈R3(N_B,N_L,N_H)\in\mathbb R^3(NB​,NL​,NH​)∈R3 (low type before high type).
  • Equilibrium means a global maximizer of ΠU\Pi^UΠU (resp. ΠD\Pi^DΠD) over all real participation levels, the object the first-order conditions (7)–(11) solve. No [0,1][0,1][0,1] box is imposed.
  • Surpluses are Lean interval integrals at an arbitrary allocation. Uniform-regime seller participation by type is the demand at the common fee.
  • Standing assumptions and pins.
    • θH>θL>0\theta_H>\theta_L>0θH​>θL​>0 is §3.1's assumption.
    • b>0b>0b>0 is the standing assumption of §3.2 and footnote 10.
    • Assumption 1 is used as printed. The paper's bound bˉ\bar bbˉ (p. 3344) corresponds to 2v<4−(b+θL)2−(b+θH)22v<4-(b+\theta_L)^2-(b+\theta_H)^22v<4−(b+θL​)2−(b+θH​)2, the condition for interior buyer participation NBD=2v/D<1N^D_B=2v/D<1NBD​=2v/D<1. Under the printed v<…v<\dotsv<…, participation can exceed one, so the mission does not pose §3.4's claim that all participation levels are interior. Every comparison in the goal holds over the printed region.
  • Printed slips, corrected in the Lean and disclosed.
    • The ΠD−ΠU\Pi^D-\Pi^UΠD−ΠU denominator prints 2b(θH−θL)2b(\theta_H-\theta_L)2b(θH​−θL​) where DDD has 2b(θH+θL)2b(\theta_H+\theta_L)2b(θH​+θL​).
    • The SWD−SWUSW^D-SW^USWD−SWU denominator prints θl\theta_lθl​ for θL\theta_LθL​.
    • The DSLDS_LDSL​ and DSHDS_HDSH​ difference displays swap their two fractions.
    • "∑i=1,2DSj\sum_{i=1,2}DS_j∑i=1,2​DSj​" means DSL+DSHDS_L+DS_HDSL​+DSH​.
  • Ruled-out formalizations. The optima are not defined by their closed forms, the surpluses are not defined by their final expressions, and the goal and the equilibrium milestones assert existence of the maximizers, so the universally quantified comparisons are not vacuous. Uniform-regime seller participation is split by demand, never as NS/2N_S/2NS​/2.
  • Not posed. Propositions 3–9, Lemma 1, §4.4 and §5 are not part of this mission. Propositions 3–5 need box-constrained or corner models, and the proofs for §5 are in an Online Appendix.
  • Infrastructure. Maximizers of strictly concave quadratics on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, integrals of affine functions, and polynomial positivity certificates (SOS or case splits) on semialgebraic regions. A clean lemma that a negative-definite quadratic form plus a linear term has a unique maximizer given by its first-order conditions would be reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward any milestone, and alternative proofs of λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. de Cornière, A. Mantovani, S. Shekhar, Third-Degree Price Discrimination in Two-Sided Markets, Management Science 71(4):3340–3356, 2025. doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.02788
  • A. C. Pigou, The Economics of Welfare, Macmillan, London, 1920.
  • R. Schmalensee, Output and Welfare Implications of Monopolistic Third-Degree Price Discrimination, American Economic Review 71(1):242–247, 1981.
  • H. R. Varian, Price Discrimination and Social Welfare, American Economic Review 75(4):870–875, 1985.
  • M. Armstrong, Competition in Two-Sided Markets, RAND Journal of Economics 37(3):668–691, 2006. doi:10.1111/j.1756-2171.2006.tb00037.x
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Coopetition in Platform-Based Retailing: On the Platform’s Entry I: The Seller Prefers Entry Exactly Above Thresholds in Spillover and Referral Rate and Outside a Band of Competition IntensityResearch Paper

Motivation

Large online marketplaces such as Amazon, JD.com and Walmart.com act both as a sales channel for third-party sellers and as a retailer of their own. A platform watches which third-party products sell well and may start selling the same product itself, a move called platform entry. Over ten months of 2013–2014, Amazon entered about 3% of the products first offered only by third-party sellers, and its entry lowered the affected products' sales rankings, that is, raised their total sales (Zhu & Liu, Strategic Management Journal 2018). The conventional view is that a seller should deter entry, since the platform becomes a competitor that also collects a referral fee on every sale the seller makes.

L. Qi, H. Song and W. Xiao (Management Science 2025) build a two-stage model with three features: the platform charges a referral rate on the seller's revenue, the platform's marketing effort spills over to the seller's product, and the two parties compete in quantities with differentiated products. Their Proposition 2 identifies exactly when the seller is better off if the platform enters. This mission formalizes that result together with the equilibrium analysis it rests on.

Setting

There are five parameters: the degree of spillover δ∈[0,1]\delta \in [0,1]δ∈[0,1], the referral rate f∈[0,1)f \in [0,1)f∈[0,1), the competition intensity β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0,1]β∈[0,1], the seller's effort-cost coefficient cSc_ScS​ and the platform's entry cost KKK. The product has base value aaa. The platform's effort-cost coefficient is normalized to 1/21/21/2.

Stage 1. The seller chooses an effort eSe_SeS​ at cost cSeS2c_S e_S^2cS​eS2​, which raises the product value to a+eSa + e_Sa+eS​, and a quantity q1q_1q1​. The price is p1=a+eS−q1p_1 = a + e_S - q_1p1​=a+eS​−q1​, and the seller earns q1p1(1−f)−cSeS2q_1 p_1 (1-f) - c_S e_S^2q1​p1​(1−f)−cS​eS2​ after paying the referral fee fq1p1f q_1 p_1fq1​p1​.

Stage 2 without entry. The seller alone sells qSq_SqS​ at price pS=a+eS−qSp_S = a + e_S - q_SpS​=a+eS​−qS​ and earns qSpS(1−f)q_S p_S(1-f)qS​pS​(1−f).

Stage 2 with entry. The platform chooses an effort eP≥0e_P \ge 0eP​≥0 at cost eP2/2e_P^2/2eP2​/2. Its own product's value becomes a+eS+ePa + e_S + e_Pa+eS​+eP​, and the seller's product's value becomes a+eS+δePa + e_S + \delta e_Pa+eS​+δeP​. The two then choose quantities simultaneously, with prices

pS=a+eS+δeP−qS−βqP,pP=a+eS+eP−qP−βqS.p_S = a + e_S + \delta e_P - q_S - \beta q_P, \qquad p_P = a + e_S + e_P - q_P - \beta q_S .pS​=a+eS​+δeP​−qS​−βqP​,pP​=a+eS​+eP​−qP​−βqS​.

The seller earns qSpS(1−f)q_S p_S (1-f)qS​pS​(1−f). The platform earns qSpSf+qPpP−eP2/2−Kq_S p_S f + q_P p_P - e_P^2/2 - KqS​pS​f+qP​pP​−eP2​/2−K: the referral fee on the seller's revenue plus its own margin.

Backward induction gives closed forms. Write

N5=4(1+δ)−2β(2−δ+δ2)+β3(1+f)−β2(2+f+δf)N_5 = 4(1+\delta) - 2\beta(2-\delta+\delta^2) + \beta^3(1+f) - \beta^2(2+f+\delta f)N5​=4(1+δ)−2β(2−δ+δ2)+β3(1+f)−β2(2+f+δf)

and let DDD be the quartic denominator of the platform's optimal effort (Lemma 2). Condition (5) is N5>0N_5 > 0N5​>0: under it the seller stays in the market after entry. The paper assumes (5) from that point on. Let

H={N52/D2if (5) holds,0otherwise,H = \begin{cases} N_5^2/D^2 & \text{if (5) holds},\\ 0 & \text{otherwise,}\end{cases}H={N52​/D20​if (5) holds,otherwise,​

so that the seller's two-stage profits as functions of the effort eSe_SeS​ are

ΠNS(eS)=12(1−f)(a+eS)2−cSeS2,ΠES(eS)=(14+H)(1−f)(a+eS)2−cSeS2.\Pi^S_N(e_S) = \tfrac12 (1-f)(a+e_S)^2 - c_S e_S^2, \qquad \Pi^S_E(e_S) = \big(\tfrac14 + H\big)(1-f)(a+e_S)^2 - c_S e_S^2 .ΠNS​(eS​)=21​(1−f)(a+eS​)2−cS​eS2​,ΠES​(eS​)=(41​+H)(1−f)(a+eS​)2−cS​eS2​.

The receptive regime is Ω={(δ,f,β)∣H>1/4}\Omega = \{(\delta,f,\beta) \mid H > 1/4\}Ω={(δ,f,β)∣H>1/4}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

ΠES(eS)>ΠNS(eS)  ⟺  (δ,f,β)∈Ω(a+eS≠0),\Pi^S_E(e_S) > \Pi^S_N(e_S) \iff (\delta,f,\beta) \in \Omega \qquad (a + e_S \ne 0),ΠES​(eS​)>ΠNS​(eS​)⟺(δ,f,β)∈Ω(a+eS​=0),

and the shape of Ω\OmegaΩ on the box [0,1]×[0,1)×[0,1][0,1]\times[0,1)\times[0,1][0,1]×[0,1)×[0,1]:

  • for fixed (f,β)(f,\beta)(f,β) there is δ~(f,β)\tilde\delta(f,\beta)δ~(f,β) with (δ,f,β)∈Ω  ⟺  δ>δ~(f,β)(\delta,f,\beta)\in\Omega \iff \delta > \tilde\delta(f,\beta)(δ,f,β)∈Ω⟺δ>δ~(f,β);
  • for fixed (δ,β)(\delta,\beta)(δ,β) there is f~(δ,β)\tilde f(\delta,\beta)f~​(δ,β) with (δ,f,β)∈Ω  ⟺  f>f~(δ,β)(\delta,f,\beta)\in\Omega \iff f > \tilde f(\delta,\beta)(δ,f,β)∈Ω⟺f>f~​(δ,β);
  • for fixed (δ,f)(\delta,f)(δ,f) there are β1(δ,f)≤β2(δ,f)\beta_1(\delta,f) \le \beta_2(\delta,f)β1​(δ,f)≤β2​(δ,f) with (δ,f,β)∈Ω  ⟺  β<β1(\delta,f,\beta)\in\Omega \iff \beta < \beta_1(δ,f,β)∈Ω⟺β<β1​ or β>β2\beta > \beta_2β>β2​.

The thresholds are existentials, as the paper defines them only inside its proof.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: the stage-2 quantity game after entry has a unique equilibrium, given in closed form.
  2. Lemma 2 under (5): the platform's optimal effort eP∗e^*_PeP∗​ in closed form, and the seller stays (qS∗>0q^*_S > 0qS∗​>0). The positivity of eP∗e^*_PeP∗​ and of its denominator is a separate milestone.
  3. Equations (6)–(8): the seller's equilibrium two-stage profits are ΠNS\Pi^S_NΠNS​ and ΠES\Pi^S_EΠES​ above.
  4. The identity 4N52−D2=P11⋅S24N_5^2 - D^2 = P_{11}\cdot S_24N52​−D2=P11​⋅S2​ from the proof of Proposition 2, where P11P_{11}P11​ is the function (11).
  5. Under (5) the second factor S2S_2S2​ is positive.
  6. Lemma 3, in three parts: the sign pattern of (11) in δ\deltaδ, in fff and in β\betaβ.

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 says that the seller's preference does not depend on the seller's own effort or on the base value, only on (δ,f,β)(\delta, f, \beta)(δ,f,β). It shows that the conventional advice to deter entry is wrong on a nonempty region: a strong enough spillover, or a high enough referral rate (which gives the platform a stake in the seller's sales and so a reason to invest more effort), makes entry welcome. In the competition intensity the regime is not monotone. The seller welcomes entry when products are well differentiated, opposes it at intermediate β\betaβ, and can welcome it again near perfect substitutes. The paper's later results on the seller's optimal effort and on entry deterrence (Proposition 3 onward) are stated separately inside and outside Ω\OmegaΩ, so this classification is their starting point.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, and nothing about it is machine-checked yet. Its proof leans on "one can verify" claims about quartic polynomials on a box: the positivity of DDD, of the platform's effort and of S2S_2S2​ under (5), and the sign patterns of (11). A formal proof checks each of them. The mission also ties the closed forms (6)–(7) to an explicit game, with equilibria defined as best responses, so the comparison is between equilibrium profits and not between formulas taken on trust.

Difficulty

The first part of the goal is immediate once (6)–(7) are known, since ΠES−ΠNS=(H−14)(1−f)(a+eS)2\Pi^S_E - \Pi^S_N = (H - \tfrac14)(1-f)(a+e_S)^2ΠES​−ΠNS​=(H−41​)(1−f)(a+eS​)2. The content lies elsewhere.

  • The equilibrium analysis. The platform's payoff includes the referral fee on the seller's revenue, so its best-response slope is β(1+f)/2\beta(1+f)/2β(1+f)/2, not the textbook β/2\beta/2β/2. The seller's quantity has a corner at zero. The platform's effort problem must be solved against every equilibrium after every deviation, and it reduces to a single variable only after uniqueness in Lemma 1.
  • Polynomial sign conditions. Positivity of DDD and S2S_2S2​ under (5), and the threshold structure of (11) in each variable, are statements about polynomials of degree up to four on a box with the semialgebraic side condition (5).
  • A step the paper omits. Ω\OmegaΩ is defined through HHH, and H=0H = 0H=0 off (5). Moving Lemma 3's thresholds from (11) to Ω\OmegaΩ therefore also needs "(11) >0> 0>0 implies (5)", which the paper does not state. It holds numerically: on a 2013201^32013 grid, wherever (11) is positive the left side of (5) is above 1.011.011.01. A complete proof of the goal must supply it.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers. The parameters are explicit arguments, and the standing ranges δ∈[0,1]\delta\in[0,1]δ∈[0,1], f∈[0,1)f\in[0,1)f∈[0,1), β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1] are a hypothesis InBox δ f β. Every polynomial (N5N_5N5​, DDD, the numerator of eP∗e^*_PeP∗​, (11), S2S_2S2​) is written term for term as printed. HHH keeps the case split of (8), so Ω\OmegaΩ is false wherever (5) fails. Conventions:

  • Defined from the game: the quantity equilibrium (a pure Nash equilibrium over nonnegative quantities, through the published general two-player definition CompetingChains.Cournot.IsPureNash), the entry equilibrium (the platform's effort eP≥0e_P \ge 0eP​≥0 is a global maximizer against every equilibrium after every deviation), and the stage-1 and no-entry problems.
  • The paper's closed forms: HHH, Ω\OmegaΩ, ΠNS\Pi^S_NΠNS​ and ΠES\Pi^S_EΠES​. Milestone 3 proves that the closed forms equal the equilibrium profits.
  • "Optimal" means a global maximizer, ties allowed.
  • The platform's effort is nonnegative. The seller's effort eSe_SeS​ is any real number, as in the paper.
  • Lemmas 1–2 assume a+eS>0a + e_S > 0a+eS​>0 (a positive product value), and Lemma 2 assumes (5), the paper's standing assumption.
  • Only the branch of Lemma 2 under (5) is formalized.
  • The goal's first part assumes a+eS≠0a + e_S \ne 0a+eS​=0. At a+eS=0a + e_S = 0a+eS​=0 both profits equal −cSeS2-c_S e_S^2−cS​eS2​ and no strict preference exists.
  • Condition (5) is not a hypothesis of the goal.

The first part of the goal is near-definitional given (6)–(7). The mission's content is the threshold structure of Ω\OmegaΩ and milestones 1–3, which make (6)–(7) the equilibrium profits. A formalization in which the thresholds may depend on the varying parameter, or in which Ω\OmegaΩ is taken as {(11)>0}\{(11) > 0\}{(11)>0} by definition, would not be this theorem.

A complete development needs real polynomial inequalities on boxes (nlinarith/polyrith-style certificates or interval arguments) and elementary concave maximization. A uniqueness lemma for two-player games whose best responses have slopes with product below one would be reusable for other differentiated Cournot models. Contributions are welcome for any milestone, for the step "(11) >0> 0>0 implies (5)", and for proofs of the sign lemmas by certificates.

Selected references

  • L. Qi, H. Song, W. Xiao, Coopetition in Platform-Based Retailing: On the Platform's Entry, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.00260 (formalized from the authors' manuscript with Online Supplement, 2024-08-03).
  • F. Zhu, Q. Liu, Competing with complementors: An empirical look at Amazon.com, Strategic Management Journal 39(10), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.2932
  • N. Singh, X. Vives, Price and quantity competition in a differentiated duopoly, RAND Journal of Economics 15(4), 1984. https://doi.org/10.2307/2555525
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Selling Data to Marketers 1: In Selling Marketing Lists, the Low-Cost Plan Is Efficient and the High-Cost Plan Carries More Information Than the Benchmark If φ < 1/2 and Less If φ > 1/2Research Paper

Why sell information to marketers

Data brokers such as Acxiom, Nielsen and Oracle, and data generators such as Google and Facebook, sell processed consumer data to firms that use it to decide whom to target, whom to lend to, or which market to enter. The U.S. Federal Trade Commission's 2014 report on data brokers distinguishes two products: a marketing list, which carries contact information without which the buyer cannot act at all, and a data append, which enriches data the buyer already holds. Liang Guo's Selling Data to Marketers (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350) asks how a seller should design a menu of data products of different informativeness when buyers differ in a privately known cost of acting.

The question belongs to the theory of optimal screening (Mussa and Rosen 1978; Maskin and Riley 1984), but with a twist: the buyer's marginal value of information is not a primitive. It is derived from the buyer's decision problem, so the direction of the single-crossing condition is itself an outcome of the model. This mission formalizes the paper's analysis of marketing lists in the base model with a binary value.

Setting

A marketer can take an action (target a consumer) at cost c>0c>0c>0. The action's value uuu is uˉ\bar uuˉ with prior probability ϕ∈(0,1)\phi\in(0,1)ϕ∈(0,1) and u‾<uˉ\underline u<\bar uu​<uˉ otherwise. The seller can provide a binary signal w∈{wh,wl}w\in\{w_h,w_l\}w∈{wh​,wl​} with Pr⁡(wh∣uˉ)=Pr⁡(wl∣u‾)=α\Pr(w_h\mid\bar u)=\Pr(w_l\mid\underline u)=\alphaPr(wh​∣uˉ)=Pr(wl​∣u​)=α, where the informativeness α\alphaα lies in an interval [α‾,αˉ]⊂(1/2,1)[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subset(1/2,1)[α​,αˉ]⊂(1/2,1). The probability of the optimistic signal is σh(α)=ϕα+(1−ϕ)(1−α)\sigma_h(\alpha)=\phi\alpha+(1-\phi)(1-\alpha)σh​(α)=ϕα+(1−ϕ)(1−α), the posterior probability of uˉ\bar uuˉ after it is ϕh(α)=ϕα/σh(α)\phi_h(\alpha)=\phi\alpha/\sigma_h(\alpha)ϕh​(α)=ϕα/σh​(α), and the posterior mean is vh(α)=ϕh(α)uˉ+[1−ϕh(α)]u‾v_h(\alpha)=\phi_h(\alpha)\bar u+[1-\phi_h(\alpha)]\underline uvh​(α)=ϕh​(α)uˉ+[1−ϕh​(α)]u​; σl,ϕl,vl\sigma_l,\phi_l,v_lσl​,ϕl​,vl​ are defined symmetrically. The paper assumes vl(α‾)<c<vh(α‾)v_l(\underline\alpha)<c<v_h(\underline\alpha)vl​(α​)<c<vh​(α​), so a marketer acts exactly after whw_hwh​, and a marketer with cost ccc who pays TTT for a signal of informativeness α\alphaα gets

U=−T+σh(α)[vh(α)−c].U=-T+\sigma_h(\alpha)[v_h(\alpha)-c].U=−T+σh​(α)[vh​(α)−c].

Serving a marketer at informativeness α\alphaα costs the seller k(α)k(\alpha)k(α), with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 and kkk increasing.

There are two cost types, cH>cL>0c_H>c_L>0cH​>cL​>0, with Pr⁡(H)=θ∈(0,1)\Pr(H)=\theta\in(0,1)Pr(H)=θ∈(0,1); write θH=θ\theta_H=\thetaθH​=θ, θL=1−θ\theta_L=1-\thetaθL​=1−θ. Under the benchmark with observable cost, the seller extracts all surplus and chooses α\alphaα to maximize

Πi(α)=θi[σh(α)[vh(α)−ci]−k(α)],\Pi_i(\alpha)=\theta_i\big[\sigma_h(\alpha)[v_h(\alpha)-c_i]-k(\alpha)\big],Πi​(α)=θi​[σh​(α)[vh​(α)−ci​]−k(α)],

whose maximizers are the efficient levels αie\alpha^e_iαie​. With private costs the seller offers a menu (TH,αH),(TL,αL)(T_H,\alpha_H),(T_L,\alpha_L)(TH​,αH​),(TL​,αL​) with Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0 and maximizes Π=∑iθi[Ti−k(αi)]\Pi=\sum_i\theta_i[T_i-k(\alpha_i)]Π=∑i​θi​[Ti​−k(αi​)] subject to individual rationality Uii≥0U_{ii}\ge0Uii​≥0 and incentive compatibility Uii≥Uii′U_{ii}\ge U_{ii'}Uii​≥Uii′​, where Uij=−Tj+σh(αj)[vh(αj)−ci]U_{ij}=-T_j+\sigma_h(\alpha_j)[v_h(\alpha_j)-c_i]Uij​=−Tj​+σh​(αj​)[vh​(αj​)−ci​]. This is problem (6); its solutions are the optimal menus, with informativeness levels αH∗,αL∗\alpha^*_H,\alpha^*_LαH∗​,αL∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Under the regularity of kkk described below,

αL∗=αLe,αH∗>αHe  if ϕ<12,αH∗<αHe  if ϕ>12.\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_L,\qquad \alpha^*_H>\alpha^e_H\ \text{ if }\phi<\tfrac12,\qquad \alpha^*_H<\alpha^e_H\ \text{ if }\phi>\tfrac12.αL∗​=αLe​,αH∗​>αHe​  if ϕ<21​,αH∗​<αHe​  if ϕ>21​.

The first claim is an equality of sets of maximizers; the inequalities compare every optimal menu with every efficient level.

Milestones

  1. The derivative of the benchmark profit: ∂Πi/∂αi=θi[ϕ(uˉ−ci)−(1−ϕ)(u‾−ci)−k′(αi)]\partial\Pi_i/\partial\alpha_i=\theta_i[\phi(\bar u-c_i)-(1-\phi)(\underline u-c_i)-k'(\alpha_i)]∂Πi​/∂αi​=θi​[ϕ(uˉ−ci​)−(1−ϕ)(u​−ci​)−k′(αi​)].
  2. The cross derivative ∂2Πi/∂αi∂ci=θi(1−2ϕ)\partial^2\Pi_i/\partial\alpha_i\partial c_i=\theta_i(1-2\phi)∂2Πi​/∂αi​∂ci​=θi​(1−2ϕ), stated as a mixed second difference.
  3. Proposition 1: αie\alpha^e_iαie​ increases with cic_ici​ if ϕ<1/2\phi<1/2ϕ<1/2 and decreases if ϕ>1/2\phi>1/2ϕ>1/2.
  4. The reduction of (6) to the problem in (αH,αL)(\alpha_H,\alpha_L)(αH​,αL​) alone,
max⁡αH,αL θ[σh(αH)[vh(αH)−cH]−k(αH)]+(1−θ)[σh(αL)[vh(αL)−cL]−σh(αH)(cH−cL)−k(αL)],(7)\max_{\alpha_H,\alpha_L}\ \theta\big[\sigma_h(\alpha_H)[v_h(\alpha_H)-c_H]-k(\alpha_H)\big]+(1-\theta)\big[\sigma_h(\alpha_L)[v_h(\alpha_L)-c_L]-\sigma_h(\alpha_H)(c_H-c_L)-k(\alpha_L)\big],\qquad(7)αH​,αL​max​ θ[σh​(αH​)[vh​(αH​)−cH​]−k(αH​)]+(1−θ)[σh​(αL​)[vh​(αL​)−cL​]−σh​(αH​)(cH​−cL​)−k(αL​)],(7)

obtained by making IRH_HH​ and ICL,H_{L,H}L,H​ bind. 5. The derivative of (7) in αH\alpha_HαH​: θ[ϕ(uˉ−cH)−(1−ϕ)(u‾−cH)−k′(αH)]+(1−θ)(1−2ϕ)(cH−cL)\theta[\phi(\bar u-c_H)-(1-\phi)(\underline u-c_H)-k'(\alpha_H)]+(1-\theta)(1-2\phi)(c_H-c_L)θ[ϕ(uˉ−cH​)−(1−ϕ)(u​−cH​)−k′(αH​)]+(1−θ)(1−2ϕ)(cH​−cL​).

Significance

In textbook screening the low type's allocation is distorted downward to reduce the high type's rent. Here the low type of the screening problem is the high-cost marketer, and its information can be distorted in either direction: the rent σh(αH)(cH−cL)\sigma_h(\alpha_H)(c_H-c_L)σh​(αH​)(cH​−cL​) conceded to low-cost marketers falls with αH\alpha_HαH​ when ϕ<1/2\phi<1/2ϕ<1/2 and rises when ϕ>1/2\phi>1/2ϕ>1/2. Proposition 2 therefore says that a seller of marketing lists may supply socially excessive information to some buyers, a possibility absent from the data-appends literature the paper compares against, where provision can only be insufficient. Proposition 1 isolates the mechanism: the prior decides whether information mainly prevents wasteful targeting or restores profitable targeting, and the cost of acting amplifies one or the other.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. The mission produces a checked version of the two-type screening reduction (including the verification that the constraints dropped in (7) hold at its solutions, which the paper asserts as standard) and of the comparative statics with set-valued optima, since kkk is not assumed convex and optima need not be unique.

Difficulty

The derivative computations are routine once σh(α)vh(α)\sigma_h(\alpha)v_h(\alpha)σh​(α)vh​(α) is simplified to ϕαuˉ+(1−ϕ)(1−α)u‾\phi\alpha\bar u+(1-\phi)(1-\alpha)\underline uϕαuˉ+(1−ϕ)(1−α)u​. The work lies elsewhere. First, the reduction: "IR binds for the high-cost type and IC binds for the low-cost type" is the standard heuristic, but at a solution of (7) one still has to check the dropped constraint ICH,L_{H,L}H,L​ and the nonnegativity TL≥0T_L\ge0TL​≥0; both depend on the ordering of αH\alpha_HαH​ and αL\alpha_LαL​ at the optimum, which in turn depends on the sign of 1−2ϕ1-2\phi1−2ϕ. Second, strictness: comparative statics through increasing differences give only weak inequalities between maximizer sets. Upgrading αH∗≥αHe\alpha^*_H\ge\alpha^e_HαH∗​≥αHe​ to αH∗>αHe\alpha^*_H>\alpha^e_HαH∗​>αHe​ requires ruling out a common maximizer, which needs the optimum to be interior and kkk differentiable there; the naive argument by first-order conditions fails at the corners α‾,αˉ\underline\alpha,\bar\alphaα​,αˉ. Third, αL∗=αLe\alpha^*_L=\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​ as sets requires existence of optimal menus, hence attainment of the maximum of (7).

Formalization scope

Everything is over R\mathbb RR. The model is a structure Model (values, prior, informativeness interval, selling cost) extended by Screening (type probability and the two costs); the standing assumptions u‾<uˉ\underline u<\bar uu​<uˉ, 0<ϕ<10<\phi<10<ϕ<1, 1/2<α‾<αˉ<11/2<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<11/2<α​<αˉ<1, k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0, kkk increasing on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ] (weakly), 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1, 0<cL<cH0<c_L<c_H0<cL​<cH​, and vl(α‾)<ci<vh(α‾)v_l(\underline\alpha)<c_i<v_h(\underline\alpha)vl​(α​)<ci​<vh​(α​) for both types are fields. The posteriors are defined with the divisions printed in (2). Efficient levels and optimal menus are sets of maximizers, never chosen by Classical.choose or a first-order condition. Menus include Tj≥0T_j\ge0Tj​≥0.

The goal additionally assumes the part of footnote 5 (p. 7) that makes optima interior: kkk continuous on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], differentiable on (α‾,αˉ)(\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha)(α​,αˉ), with right derivative k′(α‾)=0k'(\underline\alpha)=0k′(α​)=0 and k′(α)→+∞k'(\alpha)\to+\inftyk′(α)→+∞ as α→αˉ−\alpha\to\bar\alpha^-α→αˉ−. Convexity and twice differentiability, also in the footnote, are not assumed. The milestones carry no regularity beyond differentiability at the point considered (milestones 1, 5) and continuity for the optimality characterization in milestone 4.

The optimal menu is a maximizer of (6) under all four constraints, not a maximizer of (7): defining it through (7) would make half of the goal immediate and skip the reduction.

The development needs the algebra of the binary posterior, the two-type screening reduction, and a strict version of monotone comparative statics; Topkis's theorem on strictly increasing differences (Theorem 2.8.4) is already proved on the platform and referenced. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the strict inequalities, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Guo, Selling Data to Marketers, Management Science, 2025 (author's manuscript). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • M. Mussa and S. Rosen, Monopoly and Product Quality, Journal of Economic Theory 18(2), 1978. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(78)90085-6
  • E. Maskin and J. Riley, Monopoly with Incomplete Information, RAND Journal of Economics 15(2), 1984. https://doi.org/10.2307/2555674
  • Federal Trade Commission, Data Brokers: A Call for Transparency and Accountability, 2014. https://www.ftc.gov/reports/data-brokers-call-transparency-accountability-report-federal-trade-commission-may-2014
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Bright Side of the GDPR: Welfare-Improving Privacy Management I: The Equilibrium Price Is Higher After the GDPR for Every Opt-in Benefit and Data RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR, in force since 2018) requires a firm to obtain a consumer's explicit opt-in consent before it collects her personal data. Most of the economic literature reads such consent rules as a cost to data-driven firms. Choe, Matsushima and Shekhar (ISER Discussion Paper No. 1246, Osaka University, June 2024; published in Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2024.06653) ask what happens to the price of a digital service when consumers gain the right to buy it without sharing data. Their model is a monopoly with two-dimensional consumer heterogeneity, simple enough to be solved in closed form, and it lets the answer be stated for every value of the firm's opt-in benefit and every mix of usage-based and data-based revenue.

This mission formalizes the paper's general price comparison, Proposition A1: the equilibrium price is higher after the GDPR.

Setting

A monopolist sells an online service at zero marginal cost and price p∈Rp \in \mathbb{R}p∈R. A consumer has a type (v,c)∈[0,1]2(v, c) \in [0,1]^2(v,c)∈[0,1]2, where vvv is her valuation for the service and ccc her privacy cost of sharing data; types are independent and uniform on [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2, so the mass of a set of consumers is its area. A consumer who shares data receives an opt-in benefit x∈(0,1)x \in (0, 1)x∈(0,1), and the firm earns an exogenous data revenue α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 per unit of shared data.

The utilities of opt-in purchase (buy and share) and opt-out purchase (buy without sharing) are

US(v,c)=v+(x−c)−p,UN(v,c)=v−p.U_S(v,c) = v + (x - c) - p, \qquad U_N(v,c) = v - p.US​(v,c)=v+(x−c)−p,UN​(v,c)=v−p.
  • Before the GDPR opt-out purchase is unavailable. A consumer buys, and shares data, iff US≥0U_S \ge 0US​≥0. The demand D^(p)\widehat D(p)D(p) is the area of {(v,c)∈[0,1]2:c≤v+x−p}\{(v,c) \in [0,1]^2 : c \le v + x - p\}{(v,c)∈[0,1]2:c≤v+x−p}, and the profit is Π^(p)=(p+α)D^(p)\widehat\Pi(p) = (p + \alpha)\widehat D(p)Π(p)=(p+α)D(p).
  • After the GDPR a consumer opts in iff US≥max⁡{UN,0}U_S \ge \max\{U_N, 0\}US​≥max{UN​,0} and opts out iff UN≥max⁡{US,0}U_N \ge \max\{U_S, 0\}UN​≥max{US​,0}. The opt-in set is {c≤v+x−p, c≤x}\{c \le v + x - p,\ c \le x\}{c≤v+x−p, c≤x}, the opt-out set is {v≥p, c>x}\{v \ge p,\ c > x\}{v≥p, c>x}, their areas are D~S(p)\widetilde D_S(p)DS​(p) and D~N(p)\widetilde D_N(p)DN​(p), and the profit is Π~(p)=p (D~S(p)+D~N(p))+α D~S(p)\widetilde\Pi(p) = p\,(\widetilde D_S(p) + \widetilde D_N(p)) + \alpha\,\widetilde D_S(p)Π(p)=p(DS​(p)+DN​(p))+αDS​(p).

The firm chooses the price first and consumers respond, so the equilibrium price in each regime is a maximizer over R\mathbb{R}R of the corresponding profit: p^⋆\hat p^\starp^​⋆ for Π^\widehat\PiΠ and p~⋆\tilde p^\starp~​⋆ for Π~\widetilde\PiΠ. The paper's appendix expresses them through the thresholds

α1(x)=max⁡{1−2x2,0},α2(x)=max⁡{2−4x+x22x,0}\alpha_1(x) = \max\Big\{\tfrac{1-2x}{2}, 0\Big\}, \qquad \alpha_2(x) = \max\Big\{\tfrac{2-4x+x^2}{2x}, 0\Big\}α1​(x)=max{21−2x​,0},α2​(x)=max{2x2−4x+x2​,0}

and the radicals β=6+(x+α−1)2\beta = \sqrt{6 + (x+\alpha-1)^2}β=6+(x+α−1)2​, Γ=6+(2−2x+α)2\Gamma = \sqrt{6 + (2-2x+\alpha)^2}Γ=6+(2−2x+α)2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition A1 (p. 34)

For every 0<x<10 < x < 10<x<1 and α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0, both profits attain a global maximum on R\mathbb{R}R, and every pair of maximizers satisfies

p~⋆>p^⋆.\tilde p^\star > \hat p^\star.p~​⋆>p^​⋆.

Milestones

  1. Display (4) (p. 11): D^(p)=(1+x−p)2/2\widehat D(p) = (1+x-p)^2/2D(p)=(1+x−p)2/2 for x<p<1+xx < p < 1+xx<p<1+x, and 1−(1−x+p)2/21 - (1-x+p)^2/21−(1−x+p)2/2 for x−1≤p≤xx-1 \le p \le xx−1≤p≤x.
  2. Display (5) (p. 14): D~S(p)\widetilde D_S(p)DS​(p) equals (1+x−p)2/2(1+x-p)^2/2(1+x−p)2/2, x2/2+x(1−p)x^2/2 + x(1-p)x2/2+x(1−p) or x−p2/2x - p^2/2x−p2/2 on (1,1+x)(1, 1+x)(1,1+x), (x,1](x, 1](x,1], [0,x][0, x][0,x].
  3. Display (6) (p. 14): D~N(p)=(1−x)(1−p)\widetilde D_N(p) = (1-x)(1-p)DN​(p)=(1−x)(1−p) for 0≤p≤10 \le p \le 10≤p≤1, and 000 for 1<p<1+x1 < p < 1 + x1<p<1+x.
  4. Online Appendix A.1 (OA p. 2): p^\hat pp^​ maximizes Π^\widehat\PiΠ iff p^=(1+x−2α)/3\hat p = (1+x-2\alpha)/3p^​=(1+x−2α)/3 when α<α1(x)\alpha < \alpha_1(x)α<α1​(x) and p^=(2(x−1)−α+β)/3\hat p = (2(x-1) - \alpha + \beta)/3p^​=(2(x−1)−α+β)/3 otherwise.
  5. Online Appendix A.2 (OA p. 4): p~\tilde pp~​ maximizes Π~\widetilde\PiΠ iff p~=(2(1−αx)+x2)/4\tilde p = (2(1-\alpha x) + x^2)/4p~​=(2(1−αx)+x2)/4 when α<α2(x)\alpha < \alpha_2(x)α<α2​(x) and p~=(Γ−(2−2x+α))/3\tilde p = (\Gamma - (2 - 2x + \alpha))/3p~​=(Γ−(2−2x+α))/3 otherwise.
  6. p. 14: α1(x)≤α2(x)\alpha_1(x) \le \alpha_2(x)α1​(x)≤α2​(x) for all x∈(0,1)x \in (0,1)x∈(0,1).
  7. Lemma A3 (pp. 33–34): the three possible pairs of equilibrium regimes (case 1a/2a, 1b/2a, 1b/2b), located by price intervals.
  8. Online Appendix D, first display (OA p. 7): the closed form of p~⋆−p^⋆\tilde p^\star - \hat p^\starp~​⋆−p^​⋆ in each of the three regions.

Significance

The result. Proposition A1 says the price rise is robust: it holds for every opt-in benefit and every revenue model, from a firm that earns nothing from data (α=0\alpha = 0α=0) to one whose data revenue dominates. The paper's welfare results (on demand, profit and consumer surplus) are comparisons of the same two equilibria, and the price comparison is the one among them that holds uniformly; the others change sign with (x,α)(x, \alpha)(x,α) and are established in the paper only numerically. The main text's Proposition 1 is the instance x=1/4x = 1/4x=1/4.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is a chain of closed-form computations spread over the appendix and online appendix: areas of polygons, the maximization of piecewise cubic profits over all of R\mathbb{R}R, and a sign argument with nested square roots. Several steps are stated as "one can verify", and the online appendix contains printed slips (a derivative written with respect to the wrong variable in §D, a pair of cases listed incorrectly on p. 14). A machine-checked proof turns the chain into a verified one. The milestones isolate the parts that are reusable on their own: the demand formulas (4)–(6) and the closed-form equilibria, on which the paper's companion profit comparison (Proposition A3) also rests. None of these results has been formalized before.

Difficulty

The obvious route, solving the first-order condition on each demand piece, gives candidates, not maximizers. The profits are only piecewise smooth, the pieces meet at p=xp = xp=x and p=1p = 1p=1, and the price ranges over all of R\mathbb{R}R, including negative prices before the GDPR. Showing that the candidate is the unique global maximizer requires comparing values across pieces and controlling the profit outside the paper's displayed price ranges. The comparison step is the second difficulty: in the middle region α1(x)≤α<α2(x)\alpha_1(x) \le \alpha < \alpha_2(x)α1​(x)≤α<α2​(x) the gap (14+4α+3x2−8x−6xα−4β)/12(14 + 4\alpha + 3x^2 - 8x - 6x\alpha - 4\beta)/12(14+4α+3x2−8x−6xα−4β)/12 mixes a polynomial with a square root, and its positivity is not a one-line estimate. The gap tends to 000 as x→1x \to 1x→1, so no uniform margin is available.

Formalization scope

  • Types are pairs q : ℝ × ℝ with q.1 = v, q.2 = c; the type square is Set.Icc 0 1 ×ˢ Set.Icc 0 1, and every demand is (volume S).toReal for the Lebesgue measure on ℝ × ℝ.
  • The after-GDPR sets are copied from p. 13; they send the tie US=UN≥0U_S = U_N \ge 0US​=UN​≥0 to opt-in, which changes only a null set.
  • Profits are functions ℝ → ℝ of the price, and an equilibrium price is IsMaxOn profit Set.univ p. The price is never restricted to the paper's case ranges, and p~⋆≥0\tilde p^\star \ge 0p~​⋆≥0 is a consequence, not an assumption.
  • Standing assumptions on every theorem: 0<x0 < x0<x, x<1x < 1x<1, α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 (pp. 7–8). The data revenue is written α in Lean.
  • "Case 1a/1b/2a/2b equilibrium" means the maximizer lies in (x,1+x)(x, 1+x)(x,1+x), [x−1,x][x-1, x][x−1,x], (x,1+x)(x, 1+x)(x,1+x), [0,x][0, x][0,x] respectively.
  • The thresholds α1,α2\alpha_1, \alpha_2α1​,α2​ and radicals β,Γ\beta, \Gammaβ,Γ are plain definitions with the paper's formulas.

A formalization that compares the two closed-form prices instead of maximizers of the modelled profits, that asserts a property of "every maximizer" without proving one exists, or that restricts prices to a bounded interval, would not state Proposition A1; the goal and the milestones rule all three out. Results of the paper established only numerically (Propositions 2–4, A2, the second and third bullets of A3, A4) are not posed, and neither are the comparative statics of Lemmas A1–A2.

A complete development needs areas of polygons under the Lebesgue measure on R2\mathbb{R}^2R2 (via MeasureTheory.volume_regionBetween or Fubini), elementary calculus on piecewise polynomials, and inequalities with square roots. The demand computations and the global-maximization arguments are reusable for the companion mission on the paper's profit comparison. Contributions of any milestone, or of further intermediate lemmas such as the continuity of the demands in the price, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Choe, N. Matsushima, S. Shekhar, The Bright Side of the GDPR: Welfare-Improving Privacy Management, ISER Discussion Paper No. 1246, Osaka University, June 2024 (the version formalized; theorem and page numbers refer to it).
  • C. Choe, N. Matsushima, S. Shekhar, The Bright Side of the GDPR: Welfare-Improving Privacy Management, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2024.06653
  • Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), Official Journal of the European Union L 119, 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Imperfect Targeting and Advertising Strategies: With Costless Advertising and A < 1/4, Equilibrium Industry Profit Falls as Targeting Improves, Jumps Up at α̂₂(A), Then Stays ConstantResearch Paper

Motivation

Online advertising lets a firm aim its messages at the consumers most likely to want its product, but the data behind that aim is noisy: a platform's prediction of who belongs to a demographic or interest segment is right only with some probability. A natural expectation is that sharper targeting raises firms' profits, since fewer messages are wasted. Karle and Reisinger (SSRN 4626076, March 2024; published in Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.03632) show that this can fail: when both firms chase the same valuable consumers, better targeting also increases the number of consumers who see both firms' advertisements, which intensifies price competition.

The model combines a targeting stage with the clearinghouse price-competition model of Varian (1980) and Narasimhan (1988), in which some consumers are informed about one firm only (loyal consumers) and others about both (shoppers), and equilibrium prices are dispersed. This mission formalizes the paper's result for costless advertising: industry profit first falls as targeting improves, then jumps up when firms switch to segmenting the market, then stays flat.

Setting

There are two consumer groups aaa and bbb, each of mass one. Group-bbb consumers value the product at 111, group-aaa consumers at AAA, with 0<A<10 < A < 10<A<1. Two firms produce at zero cost. For every consumer each firm receives a signal of the consumer's group that is correct with probability α∈(1/2,1]\alpha \in (1/2, 1]α∈(1/2,1], independently across firms. Only consumers of the group a firm targets are interested in its product.

Stage 1. Each firm chooses a target group k∈{a,b}k \in \{a, b\}k∈{a,b} and a message scope: expected (message only the consumers its signal places in group kkk, which reaches a mass α\alphaα of group kkk) or all (message every consumer, which reaches all of group kkk). Messages cost c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 each; in this mission c=0c = 0c=0.

Stage 2. Having observed stage 1, firms set prices. For a stage-1 profile sss, if both firms target the same group, the shoppers S(s)=r1r2S(s) = r_1 r_2S(s)=r1​r2​ are the targeted consumers reached by both, where ri∈{α,1}r_i \in \{\alpha, 1\}ri​∈{α,1} is firm iii's reach; firm iii's loyal mass is Li(s)=ri−S(s)L_i(s) = r_i - S(s)Li​(s)=ri​−S(s). If they target different groups, S(s)=0S(s) = 0S(s)=0 and Li(s)=riL_i(s) = r_iLi​(s)=ri​. A consumer buys if the price does not exceed her valuation; shoppers buy from the cheaper firm and split equally on ties. Firm iii's profit at prices (p,q)(p, q)(p,q) is p (Li+S)p\,(L_i + S)p(Li​+S), p (Li+S/2)p\,(L_i + S/2)p(Li​+S/2) or p Lip\,L_ipLi​ according as p<qp < qp<q, p=qp = qp=q or p>qp > qp>q, and 000 if ppp exceeds the valuation.

Firms may randomize prices: a price strategy is a probability measure on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and Ui(s;μ,ν)U_i(s; \mu, \nu)Ui​(s;μ,ν) is firm iii's expected profit. A subgame perfect Nash equilibrium (SPNE) is a pure stage-1 profile s⋆s^\stars⋆ and a continuation that assigns to each of the sixteen stage-1 profiles a Nash equilibrium of its pricing subgame, such that no firm gains at stage 1 by changing its action. The sum of expected profits is V1(s⋆)+V2(s⋆)V_1(s^\star) + V_2(s^\star)V1​(s⋆)+V2​(s⋆).

Two cumulative distribution functions appear, on [1−α,1)[1-\alpha, 1)[1−α,1):

F(p)=1α−1−ααp,H(p)=p−(1−α)p,F(p) = \frac1\alpha - \frac{1-\alpha}{\alpha p}, \qquad H(p) = \frac{p - (1-\alpha)}{p},F(p)=α1​−αp1−α​,H(p)=pp−(1−α)​,

both 000 below 1−α1-\alpha1−α and 111 from 111 on, so HHH has an atom 1−α1 - \alpha1−α at p=1p = 1p=1. The thresholds are α^1(A)=1−A\hat\alpha_1(A) = 1 - Aα^1​(A)=1−A and α^2(A)=(1+1−4A)/2\hat\alpha_2(A) = \bigl(1 + \sqrt{1 - 4A}\bigr)/2α^2​(A)=(1+1−4A​)/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 15)

For 0<A<1/40 < A < 1/40<A<1/4: 1/2<α^2(A)<α^1(A)1/2 < \hat\alpha_2(A) < \hat\alpha_1(A)1/2<α^2​(A)<α^1​(A); for every α∈(1/2,α^2(A))\alpha \in (1/2, \hat\alpha_2(A))α∈(1/2,α^2​(A)) there is an SPNE with

∑iE[πi⋆(α)]=1−α2,\textstyle\sum_i E[\pi_i^\star(\alpha)] = 1 - \alpha^2,∑i​E[πi⋆​(α)]=1−α2,

which is strictly decreasing in α\alphaα; for every α∈(α^2(A),1]\alpha \in (\hat\alpha_2(A), 1]α∈(α^2​(A),1] there is an SPNE with sum 1+A1 + A1+A; and 1−α^2(A)2<1+A1 - \hat\alpha_2(A)^2 < 1 + A1−α^2​(A)2<1+A (the upward jump).

Milestones

  1. Display (1), p. 11. If both firms target bbb and message expected consumers, both pricing by FFF is an equilibrium with profit α(1−α)\alpha(1-\alpha)α(1−α) each.
  2. Lemma 2 part 1, display (2), pp. 14–15. If firm 1 messages expected and firm 2 all group-bbb consumers, (F,H)(F, H)(F,H) is an equilibrium with profits α(1−α)\alpha(1-\alpha)α(1−α) and 1−α1-\alpha1−α.
  3. Bertrand, p. 13. If both message all group-bbb consumers, pricing at 000 is an equilibrium with zero profits.
  4. Segmentation, pp. 9, 13. If firm 1 targets aaa and firm 2 targets bbb, prices AAA and 111 are an equilibrium.
  5. Threshold, p. 14. For α∈(1/2,1]\alpha \in (1/2, 1]α∈(1/2,1] and A≤1/4A \le 1/4A≤1/4: α(1−α)≥A  ⟺  α≤α^2(A)\alpha(1-\alpha) \ge A \iff \alpha \le \hat\alpha_2(A)α(1−α)≥A⟺α≤α^2​(A).
  6. Footnote 36, p. 15. α^2(A)<α^1(A)\hat\alpha_2(A) < \hat\alpha_1(A)α^2​(A)<α^1​(A) for 0<A<1/40 < A < 1/40<A<1/4.
  7. Lemma 2, pp. 14–15. The SPNE with c=0c = 0c=0 in both regimes.

Significance

The proposition shows that the non-monotonicity of industry profit in targeting precision, which the paper first derives for high advertising costs, does not rely on advertising being costly. With free messages a firm could inform every consumer, which is equivalent to perfect targeting; the equilibrium instead has one firm refrain from doing so, because the resulting asymmetry keeps prices high. For regulation of consumer data and for platforms selling targeting precision, the result says that better targeting technology can lower sellers' profits over a range of precisions and raise them discontinuously elsewhere.

The result is proved in the paper (main text and Online Appendix A). It has not been machine-checked. Formalizing it means verifying mixed-strategy equilibria of a pricing game with a continuum of prices, including an atom at the valuation, in all sixteen subgames of a two-stage game, a pattern that recurs throughout the clearinghouse and price-dispersion literature.

Difficulty

The stage-1 comparison is arithmetic once the stage-2 payoffs are known; the work is in the pricing subgames. Each mixed equilibrium must be verified against every real price deviation, which needs the expected profit at price ppp against a distribution with an atom, where the tie-splitting rule matters exactly at the atom. Subgame perfection requires a pricing equilibrium in every off-path subgame too, including those where both firms target group aaa (the group-bbb equilibria rescaled by AAA) and the Bertrand subgames. The obvious shortcut, assigning each subgame its textbook profit as a number, is not available: the stage-1 values are defined as integrals against the equilibrium strategies.

Formalization scope

Lean 4 with Mathlib. The pricing game is a separate definition (a general clearinghouse duopoly with valuations viv_ivi​, loyal masses LiL_iLi​ and shopper mass SSS); the targeting game builds on it. Committed conventions:

  • price strategies are probability measures on R\mathbb RR with no mass outside [0,1][0,1][0,1]; expected profits are Bochner integrals; deviations range over all real prices;
  • a consumer buys at a price equal to her valuation (the page says "lower than"; the atom of HHH at 111 needs the sale);
  • targeting is in pure strategies (the paper's footnotes 26 and 34); the message scope is binary, the paper's options (1) and (2); the no-message option and the continuous message masses of the appendix proof are not modelled;
  • cdfs are Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.cdf; statements about all measures with cdf FFF also assert that such a measure exists;
  • the paper's "firm iii / firm −i-i−i" are firm 1 (the expected-only firm, and the group-aaa firm) and firm 2;
  • for A>1/4A > 1/4A>1/4 Lean's square root gives α^2(A)=1/2\hat\alpha_2(A) = 1/2α^2​(A)=1/2, the reading Lemma 2's range (max⁡{1/2,α^2(A)},1](\max\{1/2, \hat\alpha_2(A)\}, 1](max{1/2,α^2​(A)},1] needs;
  • pricing-stage profits exclude the sunk message cost; the goal and Lemma 2 are at c=0c = 0c=0.

The goal is Proposition 2 in existence form: it asserts an SPNE with the stated total. The paper exhibits that equilibrium; uniqueness of equilibrium payoffs is not claimed. Propositions 1 and 3 (high and general costs) are not posed. Trivializing encodings are excluded by construction: stage-1 values are integrals of the continuation strategies, not a table; the equilibrium condition quantifies over all sixteen subgames, not just the path; strategies are probability measures on [0,1][0,1][0,1], so no integral takes a junk value; and statements quantifying over measures with a given cdf include the existence of one.

Contributions welcome: integration of the tie-split profit against cdfs with atoms, a reusable lemma that a clearinghouse with given loyal and shopper masses has an equilibrium, and the rescaling of equilibria by the valuation.

Selected references

  • H. Karle and M. Reisinger, Imperfect Targeting and Advertising Strategies, SSRN working paper 4626076, March 25, 2024. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4626076 ; published in Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03632
  • H. R. Varian, A Model of Sales, American Economic Review 70(4), 651–659, 1980. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1805229
  • C. Narasimhan, Competitive Promotional Strategies, Journal of Business 61(4), 427–449, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1086/296442
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Selling Data to Marketers 4: Under the Rotation Order, Data Appends with Costs Below the Prior Mean Serve High-Cost Marketers Efficiently and Under- (Over-) Supply Low-Cost Ones Below (Above) v⁺Research Paper

Motivation

Data brokers sell consumer data to firms that use it to decide whom to target, whom to lend to, or where to open a store. Two kinds of products are common: a marketing list, which supplies contact information without which the buyer cannot act at all, and a data append, which enriches information about consumers the buyer can already reach (Federal Trade Commission, Data Brokers, 2014). A seller who does not know a buyer's cost of acting must screen buyers with a menu of plans that differ in price and in how informative the data are.

Liang Guo's paper Selling Data to Marketers (Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350) characterizes the optimal menu, first for a binary-value model (§3) and then for a general information structure ordered by rotation (§4), following Johnson and Myatt (2006). This mission formalizes Proposition 7: data appends under the rotation order. It is the fourth mission of a series built from the same manuscript; the first three cover marketing lists and data appends in the binary model and marketing lists under the rotation order.

Setting

A marketer can take an action (target a consumer) at cost ccc; the action's value uuu is uncertain with prior mean u^\hat uu^. A data service of informativeness α∈[α‾,αˉ]⊂(0,1)\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]\subset(0,1)α∈[α​,αˉ]⊂(0,1) produces a signal, and its information is summarized by the posterior mean vvv. For each α\alphaα, vvv has cumulative distribution function H(v,α)H(v,\alpha)H(v,α) on a support [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ], with a strictly positive density h(v,α)h(v,\alpha)h(v,α) and mean u^\hat uu^ for every α\alphaα. The family is rotation ordered: there is a point v+∈(v‾,vˉ)v^+\in(\underline v,\bar v)v+∈(v​,vˉ) with

∂H(v,α)∂α>0 (v<v+),∂H(v,α)∂α<0 (v>v+).\frac{\partial H(v,\alpha)}{\partial\alpha}>0 \ (v<v^+),\qquad \frac{\partial H(v,\alpha)}{\partial\alpha}<0 \ (v>v^+).∂α∂H(v,α)​>0 (v<v+),∂α∂H(v,α)​<0 (v>v+).

A more informative service spreads the posterior mean away from u^\hat uu^.

A service plan (T,α)(T,\alpha)(T,α) charges a fixed fee T≥0T\ge0T≥0. Serving a marketer with informativeness α\alphaα costs the seller k(α)k(\alpha)k(α), with k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 and kkk increasing. A marketer targets exactly when v>cv>cv>c, so a marketer with cost cic_ici​ who buys (Tj,αj)(T_j,\alpha_j)(Tj​,αj​) earns

Uij=−Tj+∫civˉ(v−ci) dH(v,αj).U_{ij}=-T_j+\int_{c_i}^{\bar v}(v-c_i)\,dH(v,\alpha_j).Uij​=−Tj​+∫ci​vˉ​(v−ci​)dH(v,αj​).

Costs are cHc_HcH​ with probability θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1) and cLc_LcL​ with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, 0<cL<cH0<c_L<c_H0<cL​<cH​. A data-append buyer can act without the data, so its outside option is Ui0=max⁡{u^−ci,0}U_{i0}=\max\{\hat u-c_i,0\}Ui0​=max{u^−ci​,0}.

The seller offers a menu (TH,αH),(TL,αL)(T_H,\alpha_H),(T_L,\alpha_L)(TH​,αH​),(TL​,αL​) and maximizes Π=θ[TH−k(αH)]+(1−θ)[TL−k(αL)]\Pi=\theta[T_H-k(\alpha_H)]+(1-\theta)[T_L-k(\alpha_L)]Π=θ[TH​−k(αH​)]+(1−θ)[TL​−k(αL​)] subject to individual rationality Uii≥Ui0U_{ii}\ge U_{i0}Uii​≥Ui0​ and incentive compatibility Uii≥Uii′U_{ii}\ge U_{ii'}Uii​≥Uii′​ for both types. Call any maximizer an optimal menu, with levels αH∗,αL∗\alpha^*_H,\alpha^*_LαH∗​,αL∗​. The benchmark with observable costs is

max⁡α∈[α‾,αˉ] θi[∫civˉ(v−ci) dH(v,α)−k(α)],\max_{\alpha\in[\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha]}\ \theta_i\Big[\int_{c_i}^{\bar v}(v-c_i)\,dH(v,\alpha)-k(\alpha)\Big],α∈[α​,αˉ]max​ θi​[∫ci​vˉ​(v−ci​)dH(v,α)−k(α)],

and its maximizers are the efficient levels αie\alpha^e_iαie​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7

Assume cL<cH<u^c_L<c_H<\hat ucL​<cH​<u^. If cL<cH<v+c_L<c_H<v^+cL​<cH​<v+, then

αH∗=αHe,αL∗<αLe,\alpha^*_H=\alpha^e_H,\qquad \alpha^*_L<\alpha^e_L ,αH∗​=αHe​,αL∗​<αLe​,

and if v+<cL<cHv^+<c_L<c_Hv+<cL​<cH​, then

αH∗=αHe,αL∗>αLe.\alpha^*_H=\alpha^e_H,\qquad \alpha^*_L>\alpha^e_L .αH∗​=αHe​,αL∗​>αLe​.

Here αH∗=αHe\alpha^*_H=\alpha^e_HαH∗​=αHe​ means that the set of αH\alpha_HαH​-levels of optimal menus equals the set of efficient levels, and each strict inequality holds for every optimal menu and every efficient level.

Milestones

  1. The willingness to pay for a data append (p. 20): for c≤u^c\le\hat uc≤u^, Uij−Ui0=−Tj+∫v‾ci(ci−v) dH(v,αj)U_{ij}-U_{i0}=-T_j+\int_{\underline v}^{c_i}(c_i-v)\,dH(v,\alpha_j)Uij​−Ui0​=−Tj​+∫v​ci​​(ci​−v)dH(v,αj​), which is increasing in cic_ici​.
  2. Its integrated form (proof of Proposition 8, p. 33): Uij−Ui0=−Tj+∫v‾ciH(v,αj) dvU_{ij}-U_{i0}=-T_j+\int_{\underline v}^{c_i}H(v,\alpha_j)\,dvUij​−Ui0​=−Tj​+∫v​ci​​H(v,αj​)dv.
  3. The reduction (15) (p. 20): substituting the binding IRLIR_LIRL​ and ICH,LIC_{H,L}ICH,L​ turns the screening problem into a maximization over (αH,αL)(\alpha_H,\alpha_L)(αH​,αL​).
  4. (15) integrated by parts, and αH∗=αHe\alpha^*_H=\alpha^e_HαH∗​=αHe​ for it (p. 33).
  5. The derivative ∂Π/∂αL\partial\Pi/\partial\alpha_L∂Π/∂αL​ of (15) compared with the benchmark's (p. 33).

Significance

Proposition 7 is the general-distribution form of a "double reversal". With marketing lists the low-cost marketers are the high type: they get efficient information, and the high-cost marketers' information is distorted (Proposition 5 of the paper). With data appends and costs below the prior mean, the outside option makes the high-cost marketers value data more. The roles of the types swap, and the direction of the distortion flips with the position of the costs relative to the rotation point. The result tells a data seller which customers to under- or over-supply, and shows that the answer depends on whether its data enable an action or only refine it.

The paper proves the result on a few pages, partly by phrases such as "it can be readily verified". No machine-checked version exists. A formalization makes explicit what the printed argument leaves implicit: that the dropped constraints hold at the reduced optimum, which regularity of kkk and HHH the strict inequalities need, and that statements about "the" optimum hold for every optimum when maximizers are not unique.

Difficulty

The obvious approach substitutes the binding constraints and compares first-order conditions. Two steps of it fail as stated. First, the reduction to (15) drops IRHIR_HIRH​ and ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​; ICL,HIC_{L,H}ICL,H​ holds at a maximizer of (15) only when the two informativeness levels are ordered as the rotation order dictates. That ordering is available only when both costs lie on the same side of v+v^+v+. Second, first-order conditions say nothing at a corner of [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ]. The strict comparison αL∗≠αLe\alpha^*_L\ne\alpha^e_LαL∗​=αLe​ needs the efficient level to be interior, where the derivative of kkk exists. That comes from the conditions of footnote 5 together with the mean-preserving property of the family. The selling cost need not be convex, so maximizers can be non-unique, and every comparison must hold for every pair of maximizers.

Formalization scope

  • Information structure. A structure RotationFamily with a bounded support v‾<vˉ\underline v<\bar vv​<vˉ (the paper allows an unbounded one). H(⋅,α)H(\cdot,\alpha)H(⋅,α) is continuous on [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ] with H(v‾,α)=0H(\underline v,\alpha)=0H(v​,α)=0, H(vˉ,α)=1H(\bar v,\alpha)=1H(vˉ,α)=1 and derivative h(⋅,α)>0h(\cdot,\alpha)>0h(⋅,α)>0, continuous on the closed support. ∂H/∂α\partial H/\partial\alpha∂H/∂α exists on the closed support. The rotation order (9) holds on the open support, and the mean is u^\hat uu^ for every α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). Condition (10) is not assumed; it follows.
  • Model. Model extends it with 0<α‾<αˉ<10<\underline\alpha<\bar\alpha<10<α​<αˉ<1, θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1), and 0<cL<cH0<c_L<c_H0<cL​<cH​ with both costs in (v‾,vˉ)(\underline v,\bar v)(v​,vˉ) (a pin: the integrals ∫civˉ\int_{c_i}^{\bar v}∫ci​vˉ​ presume it). It also fixes k(α‾)=0k(\underline\alpha)=0k(α​)=0 with kkk monotone on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ]. dHdHdH is written as h dvh\,dvhdv.
  • Objects of the goal. Optimal menus are maximizers of the full problem: fees T≥0T\ge0T≥0, levels in [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], IRiIR_iIRi​ with outside option max⁡{u^−ci,0}\max\{\hat u-c_i,0\}max{u^−ci​,0}, and both IC constraints. Efficient levels are maximizers of the benchmark (12). Neither is defined through (15) or a first-order condition. That would make the first half of the goal a restatement of milestone 4, and writing the outside option as u^−c\hat u-cu^−c instead of the maximum would change the model.
  • Pinned hypotheses. On the goal only: the part of footnote 5 the strict results use (kkk continuous on [α‾,αˉ][\underline\alpha,\bar\alpha][α​,αˉ], differentiable inside, k′(α‾)=0k'(\underline\alpha)=0k′(α​)=0 from the right, k′(α)→+∞k'(\alpha)\to+\inftyk′(α)→+∞ as α→αˉ−\alpha\to\bar\alpha^-α→αˉ−) and joint continuity of ∂H/∂α\partial H/\partial\alpha∂H/∂α on [v‾,vˉ]×(0,1)[\underline v,\bar v]\times(0,1)[v​,vˉ]×(0,1). The derivative milestone uses only the latter. Convexity of kkk is not assumed.
  • Range restriction. The first sentence of Proposition 7 (αH∗=αHe\alpha^*_H=\alpha^e_HαH∗​=αHe​) is posed on the full problem only within the two ranges cH<v+c_H<v^+cH​<v+ and v+<cLv^+<c_Lv+<cL​. For (15) it is posed without restriction in milestone 4. The branch v+<cL<cH<u^v^+<c_L<c_H<\hat uv+<cL​<cH​<u^ is empty when v+≥u^v^+\ge\hat uv+≥u^, for example for symmetric structures; non-symmetric rotation families with v+<u^v^+<\hat uv+<u^ inhabit it.
  • Reuse. Topkis's monotonicity theorem (Theorem 2.8.4) is on the platform and is the tool the paper invokes. The integration-by-parts facts for distribution functions on a bounded support, and differentiation of ∫cvˉH(v,α) dv\int_c^{\bar v}H(v,\alpha)\,dv∫cvˉ​H(v,α)dv in α\alphaα, are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • Liang Guo, Selling Data to Marketers, Management Science, 2025 (author's manuscript used here). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01350
  • Justin P. Johnson and David P. Myatt, On the Simple Economics of Advertising, Marketing, and Product Design, American Economic Review 96(3), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1257/000282806777211946
  • Donald M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • Federal Trade Commission, Data Brokers: A Call for Transparency and Accountability, 2014. https://www.ftc.gov/reports/data-brokers-call-transparency-accountability-report-federal-trade-commission-may-2014
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Asset Pricing with Costly Short Sales 2: With One Risky Asset the Equilibrium Shorting Cost and Lending Yield Are Explicit, Increasing and Convex in the Belief GapResearch Paper

Motivation

Short selling is never free. To sell a share short, an investor borrows it from a holder and pays that holder a lending fee, and the size of these fees has been documented empirically for decades (D'Avolio 2002; Duffie, Gârleanu and Pedersen 2002). Most equilibrium models of asset pricing either forbid short sales or take the fee as exogenous. Evgeniou, Hugonnier and Prieto build a continuous-time general-equilibrium economy where the fee is determined jointly with prices: investors disagree about expected dividend growth, the pessimist wants to short, the optimist owns the shares, and the cost of shorting clears the securities lending market. The paper uses the model to explain how a positive shorting cost can coexist with apparent mispricing, as in the 3Com/Palm spin-off.

In the special case of a single risky asset (the market portfolio), the equilibrium reduces to a pair of algebraic equations for the shorting cost and the lending yield at each state, and the paper solves them in closed form (Proposition 3). This mission formalizes that closed form and its comparative statics in the belief gap.

Setting

At a fixed state of the economy, three numbers describe the environment:

  • σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, the volatility of aggregate consumption, which in the one-asset case is also the volatility of the risky asset;
  • δ=σΔ=μ(o)−μ(p)≥0\delta=\sigma\Delta=\mu^{(o)}-\mu^{(p)}\ge 0δ=σΔ=μ(o)−μ(p)≥0, the unscaled difference in beliefs: the gap between the expected dividend growth rates perceived by the optimist ooo and the pessimist ppp (Δ\DeltaΔ is the same gap per unit of volatility);
  • s∈(0,1)s\in(0,1)s∈(0,1), the consumption share of the optimist.

Short selling is active only when the optimist holds a large enough share of consumption, namely on the shorting region s>s∗s>s^*s>s∗, where

s∗=min⁡{1,σΔ}=min⁡{1,σ2δ}.s^*=\min\Big\{1,\frac{\sigma}{\Delta}\Big\}=\min\Big\{1,\frac{\sigma^2}{\delta}\Big\}.s∗=min{1,Δσ​}=min{1,δσ2​}.

Two unknowns are determined in equilibrium: the shorting cost Φ\PhiΦ, the flow rate a short seller pays per unit of position, and the lending yield Γ\GammaΓ, the flow rate a lender receives per unit of shares held. The paper shows (p. 27) that with one risky asset they satisfy

Φ=1{s>s∗}(δ+Γ)s−σ21+s,Γ=1{s>s∗}(1−s)(sδ−Γ−σ2)((δ+Γ)s−σ2)σ2(1+s)2.(29–30)\Phi=\mathbb 1_{\{s>s^*\}}\frac{(\delta+\Gamma)s-\sigma^2}{1+s},\qquad \Gamma=\mathbb 1_{\{s>s^*\}}\frac{(1-s)(s\delta-\Gamma-\sigma^2)\big((\delta+\Gamma)s-\sigma^2\big)}{\sigma^2(1+s)^2}. \tag{29–30}Φ=1{s>s∗}​1+s(δ+Γ)s−σ2​,Γ=1{s>s∗}​σ2(1+s)2(1−s)(sδ−Γ−σ2)((δ+Γ)s−σ2)​.(29–30)

The proof of Proposition 3 works with the per-volatility yield γ=Γ/σ\gamma=\Gamma/\sigmaγ=Γ/σ and the quadratic

g(γ)=(1−s)(sΔ−γ−σ)((γ+Δ)s−σ)−γσ(1+s)2.g(\gamma)=(1-s)(s\Delta-\gamma-\sigma)\big((\gamma+\Delta)s-\sigma\big)-\gamma\sigma(1+s)^2 .g(γ)=(1−s)(sΔ−γ−σ)((γ+Δ)s−σ)−γσ(1+s)2.

In Lean these objects are costOne σ δ s, yieldOne σ δ s, IsOneAssetSystem σ δ s Φ Γ and gQuad σ Δ s γ, all in the namespace CostlyShort.OneAsset.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 and s∈(0,1)s\in(0,1)s∈(0,1): for every δ≥0\delta\ge 0δ≥0 and every Γ≥0\Gamma\ge 0Γ≥0, the pair (Φ,Γ)(\Phi,\Gamma)(Φ,Γ) solves (29)–(30) if and only if

Φ=1{s>s∗}s(1−s)δ−2σ2+s2(1−s)2δ2+4σ4s2(1−s),(31)\Phi=\mathbb 1_{\{s>s^*\}}\frac{s(1-s)\delta-2\sigma^2+\sqrt{s^2(1-s)^2\delta^2+4\sigma^4 s}}{2(1-s)}, \tag{31}Φ=1{s>s∗}​2(1−s)s(1−s)δ−2σ2+s2(1−s)2δ2+4σ4s​​,(31) Γ=1{s>s∗}−s((1−s)2δ+4σ2)+(1+s)s2(1−s)2δ2+4σ4s2s(1−s),(32)\Gamma=\mathbb 1_{\{s>s^*\}}\frac{-s\big((1-s)^2\delta+4\sigma^2\big)+(1+s)\sqrt{s^2(1-s)^2\delta^2+4\sigma^4 s}}{2s(1-s)}, \tag{32}Γ=1{s>s∗}​2s(1−s)−s((1−s)2δ+4σ2)+(1+s)s2(1−s)2δ2+4σ4s​​,(32)

and both (31) and (32), as functions of δ\deltaδ, are non-decreasing and convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and strictly increasing for δ>σ2/s\delta>\sigma^2/sδ>σ2/s.

Milestones

  1. On the shorting region, (30) is equivalent to g(γ)=0g(\gamma)=0g(γ)=0 (proof of Proposition 3, p. 50).
  2. g(0)=(1−s)(sΔ−σ)2>0g(0)=(1-s)(s\Delta-\sigma)^2>0g(0)=(1−s)(sΔ−σ)2>0, g′(0)<0g'(0)<0g′(0)<0, g′′≡−2s(1−s)<0g''\equiv-2s(1-s)<0g′′≡−2s(1−s)<0 and g(γ)→−∞g(\gamma)\to-\inftyg(γ)→−∞ (p. 50).
  3. For s>s∗s>s^*s>s∗, ggg has a unique strictly positive root (p. 50).
  4. The closed form (32) is strictly positive and solves (30) on the region (p. 50).
  5. Substituting (32) into (29) gives (31) (p. 50).
  6. The market-clearing identity (33) with the utilization (34): Γ=ΦΥ/(1+Υ)\Gamma=\Phi\Upsilon/(1+\Upsilon)Γ=ΦΥ/(1+Υ), Υ=1−sσ2Φ\Upsilon=\frac{1-s}{\sigma^2}\PhiΥ=σ21−s​Φ (p. 28).
  7. Φ\PhiΦ is non-decreasing and convex in δ\deltaδ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), strictly increasing on the region (Proposition 3, p. 28).

A companion statement, not a milestone, formalizes the limits on p. 29: as s↑1s\uparrow 1s↑1, Φ→(1−s∗)δ/2\Phi\to(1-s^*)\delta/2Φ→(1−s∗)δ/2 and Γ→0\Gamma\to 0Γ→0.

Significance

Proposition 3 is the only fully explicit equilibrium of the paper. It gives the level of the shorting cost and of the lending yield as functions of disagreement and of the wealth distribution, and its monotonicity in δ\deltaδ is the model's prediction that short interest and lending fees rise with the dispersion of beliefs, which the paper checks against analysts' forecast dispersion (Table 1). Convexity says the effect accelerates with disagreement. The two-asset case of §4.2 has no closed form and is solved numerically; the one-asset formulas are its benchmark.

The result is proved in the paper, but the proof of the comparative statics is omitted ("We omit the details", p. 50), and the selection of the positive root is asserted ("it is clear"). A formal development supplies the omitted differentiation argument, including convexity across the kink at the boundary δ=σ2/s\delta=\sigma^2/sδ=σ2/s of the shorting region, and checks the paper's algebra. No part of this paper has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The algebra of milestones 1, 4 and 5 is mechanical but involves a square root and several divisions, whose signs must be tracked throughout. The substantive step is the comparative statics. Monotonicity and convexity of Φ\PhiΦ in δ\deltaδ need the derivative of a square-root expression on the open region, and then a separate argument at the kink: both functions vanish identically for δ≤σ2/s\delta\le\sigma^2/sδ≤σ2/s, so convexity on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) requires the one-sided derivative at σ2/s\sigma^2/sσ2/s to be non-negative, which is a computation rather than a consequence of convexity on each piece. For Γ\GammaΓ the paper's route is indirect: Γ=h(Φ)\Gamma=h(\Phi)Γ=h(Φ) with h(x)=cx2/(1+cx)h(x)=cx^2/(1+cx)h(x)=cx2/(1+cx), and composition of a non-decreasing convex hhh with a non-decreasing convex Φ\PhiΦ. Differentiating (32) directly is possible but heavier.

Formalization scope

Everything is pointwise in real numbers. The continuous-time economy of §2 (Brownian dividends, portfolio choice, the derivation of (29)–(30) from the equilibrium conditions (16), (20), (21)) is the paper's motivation and is not formalized; Proposition 3 is stated relative to (29)–(30), which is exactly where the paper's proof begins. Conventions committed to:

  • standing assumptions σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 and 0<s<10<s<10<s<1 in every theorem; the endpoints s∈{0,1}s\in\{0,1\}s∈{0,1} are absorbing states where (31)–(32) divide by zero, and are excluded;
  • the indicator 1{s>s∗}\mathbb 1_{\{s>s^*\}}1{s>s∗}​ is encoded as σ2<sδ\sigma^2<s\deltaσ2<sδ, equivalent for σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, δ≥0\delta\ge 0δ≥0, s∈(0,1)s\in(0,1)s∈(0,1); it is never written as s>min⁡{1,σ/Δ}s>\min\{1,\sigma/\Delta\}s>min{1,σ/Δ}, where Lean's σ/0=0\sigma/0=0σ/0=0 would make every state a shorting state when Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0;
  • in the goal's equivalence the lending yield is restricted to Γ≥0\Gamma\ge 0Γ≥0. This is a disclosed pin: on the shorting region the quadratic also has a negative root, which solves (29)–(30) as well; the paper's proof selects "the unique strictly positive solution", and a lending yield is a non-negative flow rate;
  • "increasing" is stated as non-decreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) plus strictly increasing on (σ2/s,∞)(\sigma^2/s,\infty)(σ2/s,∞), because both functions are zero below the region;
  • the paper prints g′′=−s(1−s)g''=-s(1-s)g′′=−s(1−s); the correct second derivative −2s(1−s)-2s(1-s)−2s(1−s) is stated (milestone 2);
  • only the outer equality of (34) is used; its middle expression involves the pessimist's portfolio and needs the economy.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: stating only that (31)–(32) satisfy (29)–(30), or convexity only on the open shorting region, would be strictly weaker than the paper and is not the goal.

Needed infrastructure is Mathlib's real analysis: Real.sqrt, deriv, MonotoneOn, ConvexOn, and convexity of compositions. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently. Facts about convexity of a function that vanishes up to a point and is convex beyond it are reusable outside this mission.

Selected references

  • T. Evgeniou, J. Hugonnier and R. Prieto, Asset Pricing with Costly Short Sales, Swiss Finance Institute Research Paper N°22-21, version of September 22, 2022 (the source of this mission; §3.3, §4.1, App. A). Published as J. Hugonnier and R. Prieto, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01887
  • G. D'Avolio, The market for borrowing stock, Journal of Financial Economics 66 (2002) 271–306. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-405X(02)00206-4
  • D. Duffie, N. Gârleanu and L. H. Pedersen, Securities lending, shorting, and pricing, Journal of Financial Economics 66 (2002) 307–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-405X(02)00226-X
  • J. Detemple and S. Murthy, Equilibrium asset prices and no-arbitrage with portfolio constraints, Review of Financial Studies 10 (1997) 1133–1174. https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/10.4.1133
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Probability·Captain: Lucas

Symmetric Rendezvous on the LineOpen Problem

Motivation

Rendezvous search asks how two agents who cannot communicate should move so as to meet as quickly as possible. It was introduced as a mathematical problem by Alpern (The rendezvous search problem, SIAM J. Control Optim. 1995) and developed systematically in Alpern and Gal's monograph The Theory of Search Games and Rendezvous (Kluwer, 2003). Besides its game-theoretic interest, it is a model for coordination without prior agreement: robots or searchers that must find each other with no shared map or orientation.

The simplest non-trivial domain is the line. Even there, the version in which both agents must follow the same strategy remains open, and it is listed on the Open Problem Garden with importance "High".

Timeline:

  • 1995. Alpern formulates symmetric rendezvous search problems, in which the players must use the same mixed strategy.
  • 1995. Alpern and Gal (Rendezvous search on the line with distinguishable players, SIAM J. Control Optim. 33(4)) solve the asymmetric problem on the line, where the players may use different strategies: the optimal expected meeting time is 3.253.253.25.
  • 1995–2008. A series of papers improve upper and lower bounds on the symmetric value.
  • 2008. Han, Du, Vera and Zuluaga (Improved bounds for the symmetric rendezvous search problem on the line, Operations Research 56(3)) show that strategies moving at full speed and turning only at integer times dominate, reducing the problem to a discrete one, prove 4.1520<R<4.25744.1520 < R < 4.25744.1520<R<4.2574, and conjecture R=4.25R = 4.25R=4.25.

Setting

Two players are placed on the real line at distance 222; player I starts at 000 and player II at 222. Each player has a private sense of "forward", fixed by an independent fair coin, so neither knows in which direction the other lies. Both move with speed at most 111.

A feasible path is a function fff with f(0)=0f(0)=0f(0)=0 and ∣f(s)−f(t)∣≤∣s−t∣|f(s)-f(t)|\le |s-t|∣f(s)−f(t)∣≤∣s−t∣ for s,t≥0s,t\ge 0s,t≥0, describing a player's position in its own frame. A mixed strategy SSS is a probability distribution over feasible paths, realised as a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,P)(Ω,P) and a random path ω↦fω\omega\mapsto f_\omegaω↦fω​ whose position at each fixed time is measurable.

If player I follows fff with orientation ε1∈{±1}\varepsilon_1\in\{\pm1\}ε1​∈{±1} and player II follows ggg with orientation ε2\varepsilon_2ε2​, their positions are ε1f(t)\varepsilon_1 f(t)ε1​f(t) and 2+ε2g(t)2+\varepsilon_2 g(t)2+ε2​g(t). The meeting time is

T=inf⁡{t≥0: ε1f(t)=2+ε2g(t)}∈[0,∞].T=\inf\{t\ge 0:\ \varepsilon_1 f(t) = 2+\varepsilon_2 g(t)\}\in[0,\infty].T=inf{t≥0: ε1​f(t)=2+ε2​g(t)}∈[0,∞].

For strategies S1,S2S_1,S_2S1​,S2​ with independent randomisations, the expected meeting time E(S1,S2)E(S_1,S_2)E(S1​,S2​) averages TTT over f∼S1f\sim S_1f∼S1​, g∼S2g\sim S_2g∼S2​ and the four equally likely orientation pairs. The symmetric rendezvous value and the asymmetric rendezvous value are

R=inf⁡SE(S,S),Ra=inf⁡S1,S2E(S1,S2).R=\inf_{S} E(S,S),\qquad R^a=\inf_{S_1,S_2}E(S_1,S_2).R=Sinf​E(S,S),Ra=S1​,S2​inf​E(S1​,S2​).

An integer zigzag is a path that on each interval [n,n+1][n,n+1][n,n+1], n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N, moves with velocity +1+1+1 or −1-1−1; RdiscR_{\mathrm{disc}}Rdisc​ denotes the infimum of E(S,S)E(S,S)E(S,S) over strategies supported on integer zigzags.

Formalization targets

Goal: the conjectured value

R=174.R=\frac{17}{4}.R=417​.

This is the Han–Du–Vera–Zuluaga conjecture and answers the Open Problem Garden question. A formal disproof is equally valuable.

Milestones from the literature

  1. Alpern–Gal: Ra=134R^a = \dfrac{13}{4}Ra=413​.
  2. Han–Du–Vera–Zuluaga reduction: R=RdiscR = R_{\mathrm{disc}}R=Rdisc​.
  3. Han–Du–Vera–Zuluaga lower bound: 4.1520<R4.1520 < R4.1520<R.
  4. Han–Du–Vera–Zuluaga upper bound: R<4.2574R < 4.2574R<4.2574.

Significance

The value RRR measures the cost of symmetry in the most basic rendezvous problem: Ra=3.25R^a = 3.25Ra=3.25 when roles can be pre-assigned, while the best known symmetric strategies need about 4.254.254.25. Determining RRR exactly would settle a problem that has been open since 1995 and would calibrate numerical methods (linear and semidefinite relaxations over discretised strategies) used for related search games.

None of these results is formalized. The milestones are proved on paper; formalizing them requires a measure-theoretic treatment of mixed strategies over path space, a rigorous version of the discretisation argument, and certified numerical bounds. The goal itself is open.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to optimise over finitely many turning times, but a symmetric strategy must be randomised (any deterministic symmetric strategy fails to meet with probability 1/21/21/2, when both players face the same way), so the optimisation is over probability distributions on infinite paths and the objective is a quadratic, non-convex function of the distribution. Truncating to finite horizons gives upper bounds by explicit strategies, but lower bounds require controlling all strategies, including those that delay indefinitely, and the known gap 4.15204.15204.1520–4.25744.25744.2574 has resisted closing.

Formalization scope

All values live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and expectations are Lebesgue integrals of non-negative functions; a strategy that fails to meet with positive probability has value ∞\infty∞. Sample spaces range over a fixed universe, which loses no generality. Paths are required to be 111-Lipschitz on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with f(0)=0f(0)=0f(0)=0, and positions at fixed times are measurable, so meeting times are random variables. The four orientation pairs are weighted equally. The infimum in RRR ranges over all such strategies, not only over integer zigzags; the restriction appears only in RdiscR_{\mathrm{disc}}Rdisc​. A trivializing reading (e.g. a meeting time of 000 or an unrestricted speed) is excluded: by construction every strategy pair has expected meeting time at least 111.

Contributions are welcome on: measurability of hitting times for continuous processes, the discretisation argument, explicit strategies with certified expected meeting times, and certified lower-bound certificates.

Selected references

  • S. Alpern, The rendezvous search problem, SIAM J. Control Optim. 33(3) (1995), 673–683.
  • S. Alpern, S. Gal, Rendezvous search on the line with distinguishable players, SIAM J. Control Optim. 33(4) (1995), 1270–1276.
  • S. Alpern, S. Gal, The Theory of Search Games and Rendezvous, International Series in Operations Research & Management Science 55, Kluwer, 2003.
  • Q. Han, D. Du, J. C. Vera, L. F. Zuluaga, Improved bounds for the symmetric rendezvous search problem on the line, Operations Research 56(3) (2008).
  • Open Problem Garden, Rendezvous on a line. http://www.openproblemgarden.org/op/rendezvous_on_a_line
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Prophet Secretary Through Blind Strategies 2: No Stopping Strategy Can Guarantee More Than √3 − 1 of the Prophet's Expected Maximum in Random OrderResearch Paper

Motivation

In a prophet inequality a gambler sees the realizations of independent nonnegative random variables one at a time and must decide irrevocably, at each step, whether to stop and keep the current value. Her performance is compared with that of a prophet who sees everything in advance and takes the maximum. The ratio between the two is the standard benchmark for online selection, and through the correspondence between threshold stopping rules and posted prices it governs the efficiency of sequential posted-price mechanisms in algorithmic mechanism design.

The constant depends on the order in which the values arrive. In adversarial order the best guarantee is 1/21/21/2 (Krengel and Sucheston; Samuel-Cahn). For independent and identically distributed values it is about 0.7450.7450.745 (Hill and Kertz 1982 gave the upper bound; Correa, Foncea, Hoeksma, Oosterwijk and Vredeveld 2017 proved it tight). The prophet secretary problem sits between these two: the distributions may differ, but the values arrive in a uniformly random order.

Timeline.

  • 2015: Esfandiari, HajiAghayi, Liaghat and Monemizadeh introduce the prophet secretary problem and give a guarantee of 1−1/e≈0.6321-1/e\approx0.6321−1/e≈0.632 with nonincreasing thresholds.
  • 2018: Ehsani, Hajiaghayi, Kesselheim and Singla obtain 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e with a single threshold and random tie-breaking.
  • 2018: Azar, Chiplunkar and Kaplan beat 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e slightly. They also show that deterministic distribution-insensitive algorithms cannot beat 11/15≈0.73311/15\approx0.73311/15≈0.733.
  • 2019 (arXiv:1807.07483v2): Correa, Saona and Ziliotto prove a guarantee of 0.6690.6690.669 for blind strategies. They also prove the upper bound of 3−1≈0.732\sqrt3-1\approx0.7323​−1≈0.732 for all strategies, the subject of this mission.

Before this bound no separation between the prophet secretary problem and the i.i.d. prophet inequality was known.

Setting

An instance with NNN variables is a family of laws μ0,…,μN−1\mu_0,\dots,\mu_{N-1}μ0​,…,μN−1​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The values Vi∼μiV_i\sim\mu_iVi​∼μi​ are independent. A permutation σ\sigmaσ of {0,…,N−1}\{0,\dots,N-1\}{0,…,N−1}, uniform and independent of the values, fixes the arrival order: at time jjj the gambler sees which variable σj\sigma_jσj​ arrives and its value VσjV_{\sigma_j}Vσj​​.

A strategy decides at each time jjj whether to stop. The decision may use the observed history ((σ0,Vσ0),…,(σj,Vσj))((\sigma_0,V_{\sigma_0}),\dots,(\sigma_j,V_{\sigma_j}))((σ0​,Vσ0​​),…,(σj​,Vσj​​)) and an independent seed ω\omegaω, uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and must depend on them measurably. These are the randomized stopping times TTT of the gambler's information. The gambler knows the distributions, so a strategy may be chosen after the instance. The reward is VσT1T<∞V_{\sigma_T}\mathbf 1_{T<\infty}VσT​​1T<∞​: the value at the first stop, and 000 if she never stops. The value of a strategy is E(VσT)\mathbb E(V_{\sigma_T})E(VσT​​), and the prophet's value is E(max⁡iVi)\mathbb E(\max_i V_i)E(maxi​Vi​).

A strategy guarantees ccc if E(VσT)≥c E(max⁡iVi)\mathbb E(V_{\sigma_T})\ge c\,\mathbb E(\max_iV_i)E(VσT​​)≥cE(maxi​Vi​) on every instance.

The §5 instance has n+1n+1n+1 variables, for n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and a∈[0,1]a\in[0,1]a∈[0,1]. Each of V1,…,VnV_1,\dots,V_nV1​,…,Vn​ equals nnn with probability 1/n21/n^21/n2 and 000 otherwise, and Vn+1≡aV_{n+1}\equiv aVn+1​≡a. For j∈{1,…,n+1}j\in\{1,\dots,n+1\}j∈{1,…,n+1}, the time-jjj rule accepts a value nnn whenever one appears, and accepts Vn+1V_{n+1}Vn+1​ exactly when it arrives at time jjj or later.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.3 (p. 4)

For every c>3−1c>\sqrt3-1c>3​−1 there is an instance with 0<E(max⁡iVi)<∞0<\mathbb E(\max_iV_i)<\infty0<E(maxi​Vi​)<∞ on which every strategy satisfies

E(VσT)<c⋅E(max⁡iVi).\mathbb E(V_{\sigma_T}) < c\cdot\mathbb E\Big(\max_{i}V_i\Big).E(VσT​​)<c⋅E(imax​Vi​).

The instance comes first and all strategies second. This is what "no strategy can guarantee more than 3−1\sqrt3-13​−1" means once strategies may depend on the distributions. Universally quantifying a fixed strategy first would describe a weaker gambler.

Milestones (all from §5, p. 19)

  1. The prophet's value on the §5 instance:
E(max⁡i≤n+1Vi)=n[1−(1−1n2)n]+(1−1n2)na →n→∞ 1+a.\mathbb E\Big(\max_{i\le n+1}V_i\Big)=n\Big[1-\Big(1-\tfrac1{n^2}\Big)^n\Big]+\Big(1-\tfrac1{n^2}\Big)^na\ \xrightarrow[n\to\infty]{}\ 1+a .E(i≤n+1max​Vi​)=n[1−(1−n21​)n]+(1−n21​)na n→∞​ 1+a.
  1. The elementary bound n[1−(1−1/n2)i−1]≤(i−1)/nn[1-(1-1/n^2)^{i-1}]\le (i-1)/nn[1−(1−1/n2)i−1]≤(i−1)/n, which is a published platform theorem (1−(1−t)m≤mt1-(1-t)^m\le mt1−(1−t)m≤mt for t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1]).
  2. The conditional values of the time-jjj rule given that Vn+1V_{n+1}Vn+1​ arrives at position iii: n[1−(1−1/n2)n]n[1-(1-1/n^2)^n]n[1−(1−1/n2)n] for i<ji<ji<j, and n[1−(1−1/n2)i−1]+(1−1/n2)i−1an[1-(1-1/n^2)^{i-1}]+(1-1/n^2)^{i-1}an[1−(1−1/n2)i−1]+(1−1/n2)i−1a for i≥ji\ge ji≥j.
  3. For every strategy on the §5 instance,
E(VσT)≤1+a22+O(1n).\mathbb E(V_{\sigma_T})\le 1+\frac{a^2}{2}+O\Big(\frac1n\Big).E(VσT​​)≤1+2a2​+O(n1​).

At a=3−1a=\sqrt3-1a=3​−1 the ratio of milestones 4 and 1 tends to (1+a2/2)/(1+a)=3−1(1+a^2/2)/(1+a)=\sqrt3-1(1+a2/2)/(1+a)=3​−1.

Significance

The bound shows that random order with non-identical distributions is strictly harder for the gambler than i.i.d. values: the constant cannot exceed 3−1≈0.732\sqrt3-1\approx0.7323​−1≈0.732, which is below 0.7450.7450.745. It improves the 11/1511/1511/15 bound of Azar, Chiplunkar and Kaplan and extends it from deterministic distribution-insensitive algorithms to all strategies, including randomized ones that know the distributions. With the 0.6690.6690.669 guarantee of the same paper, it brackets the optimal prophet secretary constant in [0.669,0.732][0.669, 0.732][0.669,0.732]. Later work raised the lower end, but the exact value is still open.

The result is proved in the paper. It is not formalized anywhere we know of, and no prophet secretary statement exists on the platform. Formalizing it means writing down a general model of randomized stopping strategies in random order, which other random-order results can reuse. The heart of the proof is a dynamic-programming argument that is easy to state informally and has never been machine-checked. The finite-nnn bound of milestone 4, with an explicit constant in place of O(1/n)O(1/n)O(1/n), is also a welcome contribution.

Difficulty

Computing the value of one good strategy on the §5 instance is routine (milestone 3). The goal, though, quantifies over every strategy, including randomized ones that observe identities and the whole history. The paper's sentence "Solving the dynamic programming, the algorithm picks the value aaa if and only if it appears at time jjj or later" carries the whole reduction. It requires:

  • showing that accepting a value nnn is always optimal;
  • showing that accepting a 000 never helps;
  • showing that randomization does not help;
  • showing that the only relevant state is the time and whether Vn+1V_{n+1}Vn+1​ has already passed.

Bounding a few natural strategies does not suffice. The asymptotic analysis must also be made uniform in the strategy, so that a single constant CCC in O(1/n)O(1/n)O(1/n) works for all of them.

Formalization scope

  • Indices are 0-based. The paper's ViV_iVi​ is coordinate i−1i-1i−1 of Fin (n+1), and Vn+1V_{n+1}Vn+1​ is Fin.last n.
  • Independence is built in through the product measure Measure.pi μ.
  • The uniform order is the average over all N!N!N! permutations.
  • The seed is uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (volume.restrict (Icc 0 1)).
  • Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] of ENNReal.ofReal of the reward, so no integrability hypotheses appear.
  • A conditional expectation given σi=n+1\sigma_i=n+1σi​=n+1 is written in joint form, as (n+1)(n+1)(n+1) times the expectation on that event.
  • The strategy class (Strategy N) is the class of all measurable decision rules on the full observed history plus an independent seed, and it is quantified after the instance. Restricting it to threshold rules, time-jjj rules or deterministic rules would make the goal a different, weaker theorem; that restriction is ruled out. The class is nonempty, and its measurability requirement is satisfiable: jRule carries its proof.
  • The instance is not required to have continuous laws. The paper assumes continuity only for its blind strategies, and the §5 instance has atoms.
  • The goal adds 0<E(max⁡)<∞0<\mathbb E(\max)<\infty0<E(max)<∞, which the §5 instance satisfies; this excludes a degenerate instance.
  • §5 writes max⁡i∈[n]\max_{i\in[n]}maxi∈[n]​, but the maximum is over all n+1n+1n+1 variables, since the formula contains aaa. The Lean states the corrected reading.
  • The PDF used is arXiv:1807.07483v2. Pages are PDF pages, because the preprint prints no page numbers.

Reusable infrastructure includes the random-order stopping model, the reward of the first stop, and the dynamic-programming reduction for a single deterministic variable. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and on an explicit CCC in milestone 4.

Selected references

  • J. Correa, R. Saona, B. Ziliotto, Prophet Secretary Through Blind Strategies, arXiv:1807.07483v2, 2019; Mathematical Programming, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.07483
  • S. Esfandiari, M. HajiAghayi, V. Liaghat, M. Monemizadeh, Prophet Secretary, ESA 2015; SIAM J. Discrete Math. 31(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1029394
  • S. Ehsani, M. Hajiaghayi, T. Kesselheim, S. Singla, Prophet Secretary for Combinatorial Auctions and Matroids, SODA 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1710.11213
  • Y. Azar, A. Chiplunkar, H. Kaplan, Prophet Secretary: Surpassing the 1 − 1/e Barrier, EC 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.01834
  • T. P. Hill, R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, Annals of Probability 10(2), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993772
  • J. Correa, P. Foncea, R. Hoeksma, T. Oosterwijk, T. Vredeveld, Posted Price Mechanisms for a Random Stream of Customers, EC 2017. https://doi.org/10.1145/3033274.3085137
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 6 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me